m
obile
MC55
Siemens Cellular Engine
Version: 01.05
DocId:
MC55_ATC_V01.05
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
Contents
1.3.1 Quick reference table ....................................................................................................... 15
1.3.2 Superscript notation for parameters and values............................................................... 16
1.4.1 Using parameters............................................................................................................. 17
1.4.2 Combining AT commands on the same command line.................................................... 18
1.5.1 GSM alphabet tables and UCS2 character values........................................................... 21
1.5.2 UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode.................................... 23
1.5.2.1 Implementing output of SIM data to the TE (direction ME to TE)..................................... 23
1.5.2.2 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to ME).................................... 24
1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/OFF flow control) ................................................................. 26
1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)................................................................. 26
1.7.1 Communication between Customer Application and MC55............................................. 27
Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS).............................................................................. 28
AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults......................................................... 30
AT&V Display current configuration ............................................................................................ 31
2.2.1 AT&V responses .............................................................................................................. 31
AT&W Stores current configuration to user defined profile ......................................................... 33
ATQ Set result code presentation mode ..................................................................................... 34
ATV Set result code format mode ............................................................................................... 35
2.5.1 Verbose and numeric result codes................................................................................... 35
ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring ....................................................... 37
ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile................................................................ 38
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality .............................................................................................. 39
2.8.1 Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode................................................................................ 43
AT^SMSO Switch off mobile station............................................................................................ 44
2.10 AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list........................................................................ 45
2.11 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error ................................................................................. 46
2.11.1 Summary of CME ERRORS related to GSM 07.07 ......................................................... 47
2.11.2 Summary of GPRS-related CME ERRORS ..................................................................... 48
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 3 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
2.11.3 Summary of CMS ERRORS related to GSM 07.05 ......................................................... 49
2.12 AT+CSCS Select TE character set ............................................................................................. 52
2.13 AT^SCFG Extended Configuration Setting ................................................................................. 54
2.14 AT^SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode ....................................................................................... 61
AT+CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting .......................................................................... 63
AT+CIND Indicator control .......................................................................................................... 66
AT^SIND Extended Indicator Control.......................................................................................... 70
AT+CEER Extended error report ................................................................................................ 73
3.4.1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report.............................................................. 75
3.4.2 GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR) ............................................................ 76
3.4.3 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR) .................................................... 77
3.4.4 GSM release cause for Mobility Management (MM)........................................................ 77
3.4.5 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management (MM)........................................... 78
3.4.6 GSM release cause for L3 Call Control (CC) ................................................................... 78
3.4.7 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control (CC) ........................................................... 80
3.4.8 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Advice of Charge (AOC)................................................ 81
3.4.9 GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call...................................................... 81
3.4.11 SIEMENS release cause for Session Management (SM)................................................ 83
3.4.12 GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause ................................................ 84
3.4.13 SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API........................................................................... 84
3.4.14 SIEMENS release cause for Embedded Netcore............................................................. 84
ATS18 Extended call release report............................................................................................ 85
AT+CPAS Mobile equipment activity status................................................................................ 87
AT+WS46 Select wireless network ............................................................................................. 88
AT\Q Flowcontrol......................................................................................................................... 89
AT&C Set circuit Data Carrier Detect (DCD) function mode ....................................................... 90
AT&D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode..................................................... 91
AT&S Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode ............................................................. 92
ATE Enable command echo........................................................................................................ 93
AT+ILRR Set TE-TA local rate reporting..................................................................................... 94
AT+IPR Set fixed local rate......................................................................................................... 96
4.7.1 Autobauding ..................................................................................................................... 98
AT+CMUX Enter multiplex mode ................................................................................................ 99
4.8.1 Restrictions on Multiplex mode ...................................................................................... 100
4.8.2 Second serial interface ASC1 ........................................................................................ 102
Security Commands............................................................................................................................ 103
AT+CPIN Enter PIN .................................................................................................................. 103
5.1.1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails?....................................................... 105
AT+CPIN2 Enter PIN2 .............................................................................................................. 107
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 4 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
AT^SPIC Display PIN counter................................................................................................... 110
AT+CLCK Facility lock .............................................................................................................. 115
AT^SLCK Facility lock............................................................................................................... 121
AT+CPWD Change Password .................................................................................................. 122
AT^SPWD Change Password................................................................................................... 126
ATI Display product identification information ........................................................................... 127
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification......................................................................... 128
AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification ........................................................................... 129
AT+CGMM Request model identification.................................................................................. 130
AT+GMM Request TA model identification ............................................................................... 131
AT+CGMR Request revision identification of software status................................................... 132
AT+GMR Request TA revision identification of software status................................................ 133
AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification (IMEI) identical to GSN .................... 134
AT+GSN Request TA serial number identification (IMEI) ......................................................... 135
6.10 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity ....................................................... 136
Call Status Information................................................................................................................ 137
ATA Answer a call..................................................................................................................... 139
ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number.............................................................................. 140
ATD><mem><n> Originate call to phone number in memory................................................... 143
ATD><n> Originate call to phone number selected from active memory.................................. 145
ATD><str> Originate call to phone number in memory with corresponding field...................... 147
ATDI Mobile originated call to dialable ISDN number <n>........................................................ 149
ATDL Redial last telephone number used................................................................................. 150
ATH Disconnect existing connection......................................................................................... 151
7.10 AT+CHUP Hang up call ............................................................................................................ 152
7.11 ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically answering the call.......................................... 153
7.12 ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing......................................................................................... 155
7.13 ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion.............................................. 156
7.14 ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier............................................. 157
7.15 ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier................................. 158
7.16 ATP Select pulse dialing ........................................................................................................... 159
7.17 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online mode........................................ 160
7.18 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode ....................................................................... 161
7.19 ATT Select tone dialing ............................................................................................................. 162
7.20 AT+CBST Select bearer service type ....................................................................................... 163
7.21 AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol param. for orig. non-transparent data call........................ 165
7.22 AT+CLCC List current calls of ME ............................................................................................ 167
7.23 AT^SLCC Siemens defined command to list the current calls of the ME.................................. 170
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 5 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
7.24 AT+CR Service reporting control .............................................................................................. 176
7.25 AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication .............................................. 178
7.26 AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme...................................................................................... 180
7.27 AT^SCNI List Call Number Information..................................................................................... 182
7.28 AT^SLCD Display Last Call Duration........................................................................................ 184
7.29 AT^STCD Display Total Call Duration....................................................................................... 185
AT+COPN Read operator names ............................................................................................. 186
AT+COPS Operator selection................................................................................................... 187
AT+CREG Network registration ................................................................................................ 190
AT+CSQ Signal quality ............................................................................................................. 193
AT^SMONC Cell Monitoring...................................................................................................... 195
AT^MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode ................................................................... 197
8.6.1 AT^MONI responses...................................................................................................... 198
8.6.2 Service states................................................................................................................. 199
8.6.3 Notes.............................................................................................................................. 199
AT^MONP Monitor neighbour cells........................................................................................... 201
8.7.1 AT^MONP responses..................................................................................................... 202
AT^SMONG GPRS Monitor ...................................................................................................... 203
8.8.1 AT^SMONG Cell Info Table ........................................................................................... 204
AT^SALS Alternate Line Service............................................................................................... 205
8.10 AT^SHOM Display Homezone .................................................................................................. 207
8.11 AT^SPLM Read the PLMN list .................................................................................................. 208
8.12 AT^SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list............................................................. 209
8.13 AT^SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list ........................................................... 211
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query........................................................ 212
AT^SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax................................................. 214
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query.................................... 216
AT+CAOC Advice of Charge information.................................................................................. 218
AT+CCUG Closed User Group ................................................................................................. 220
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control ....................................................... 222
AT+CCWA Call Waiting ............................................................................................................ 226
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty........................................................................................... 230
AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation ....................................................................... 233
9.10 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction ........................................................................... 235
9.11 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table............................................................................. 237
9.12 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications........................................................................ 239
9.13 AT+CUSD Supplementary service notifications........................................................................ 241
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 6 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
GPRS Commands................................................................................................................................ 243
10.1 AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate....................................................................... 243
10.2 AT+CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation ...................... 245
10.3 AT+CGATT GPRS attach or detach ......................................................................................... 247
10.4 AT+CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation ............... 249
10.5 AT+CGDATA Enter data state .................................................................................................. 251
10.6 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ........................................................................................ 253
10.7 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address ......................................................................................... 255
10.8 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)................................................ 256
10.9 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested) .............................................................. 260
10.10 AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status ........................................................................ 264
10.11 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages................................................................. 266
10.12 AT^SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection.................................................... 268
10.13 AT^SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters ...................................................... 269
10.14 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation................................... 271
10.15 ATD*99# Request GPRS service.............................................................................................. 272
10.16 ATD*98# Request GPRS IP service ......................................................................................... 274
10.17 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation.................................... 275
10.18 ATS0 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation............................. 276
FAX Commands................................................................................................................................... 281
11.1 FAX parameters .......................................................................................................................... 281
11.2 AT+FBADLIN Bad Line Threshold ............................................................................................ 284
11.3 AT+FBADMUL Error Threshold Multiplier................................................................................. 285
11.4 AT+FBOR Query data bit order................................................................................................. 286
11.5 AT+FCIG Query or set the Local Polling ID .............................................................................. 287
11.6 AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service class................................................................. 288
11.7 AT+FCQ Copy Quality Checking .............................................................................................. 290
11.8 AT+FCR Capability to receive................................................................................................... 291
11.9 AT+FDCC Query or set capabilities.......................................................................................... 292
11.10 AT+FDFFC Data Compression Format Conversion ................................................................. 293
11.11 AT+FDIS Query or set session parameters .............................................................................. 294
11.12 AT+FDR Begin or continue phase C data reception................................................................. 295
11.13 AT+FDT Data Transmission...................................................................................................... 296
11.14 AT+FET End a page or document ............................................................................................ 297
11.15 AT+FK Kill operation, orderly FAX abort................................................................................... 298
11.16 AT+FLID Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities............................................................. 299
11.17 AT+FMDL Identify Product Model ............................................................................................ 300
11.18 AT+FMFR Request Manufacturer Identification........................................................................ 301
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 7 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
11.19 AT+FOPT Set bit order independently...................................................................................... 302
11.20 AT+FPHCTO DTE Phase C Response Timeout....................................................................... 303
11.21 AT+FREV Identify Product Revision ......................................................................................... 304
11.22 AT+FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing .......................................................................... 305
11.23 AT+FRM Receive Data ............................................................................................................. 306
11.24 AT+FRS Receive Silence.......................................................................................................... 307
11.25 AT+FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing.......................................................................... 308
11.26 AT+FTM Transmit Data............................................................................................................. 309
11.27 AT+FTS Stop Transmission and Wait....................................................................................... 310
11.28 AT+FVRFC Vertical resolution format conversion .................................................................... 311
12.1 SMS parameters ......................................................................................................................... 312
12.2 AT+CMGC Send an SMS command......................................................................................... 316
12.3 AT+CMGD Delete SMS message............................................................................................. 317
12.4 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format .................................................................................. 318
12.5 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store................................................................ 319
12.6 AT+CMGR Read SMS messages............................................................................................. 321
12.7 AT+CMGS Send SMS message............................................................................................... 323
12.8 AT+CMGW Write SMS messages to memory .......................................................................... 325
12.9 AT+CMSS Send SMS messages from storage ........................................................................ 327
12.10 AT+CNMA New SMS message acknowledge to ME/TE, only phase 2+.................................. 328
12.11 AT+CNMI New SMS message indications................................................................................ 330
12.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage............................................................................ 334
12.13 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address.................................................................................... 337
12.14 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication .............................................................. 338
12.15 AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters........................................................................... 340
12.16 AT+CSMP Set SMS text mode parameters.............................................................................. 341
12.17 AT+CSMS Select Message Service.......................................................................................... 343
12.18 AT^SLMS List SMS Memory Storage ....................................................................................... 345
12.20 AT^SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow ................. 348
12.21 AT^SMGR Read SMS message without setting status to REC READ ..................................... 350
12.22 AT^SSCONF SMS Configuration ............................................................................................. 351
12.23 AT^SSDA Set SMS Display Availability .................................................................................... 353
12.24 AT^SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence ................................................................. 355
SIM related Commands....................................................................................................................... 356
13.1 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access............................................................................................ 356
13.2 AT^SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status................................................................. 358
13.3 AT^SCID Display SIM card identification number..................................................................... 360
13.4 AT+CXXCID Display card ID..................................................................................................... 361
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 8 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
14.1 AT^SSTA SAT Interface Activation ........................................................................................... 362
14.2 ^SSTN SAT Notification ............................................................................................................ 364
14.3 AT^SSTGI SAT Get Information ............................................................................................... 366
14.4 AT^SSTR SAT Response ......................................................................................................... 368
15.1 Sort Order for Phonebooks ......................................................................................................... 370
15.2 AT+CPBR Read from Phonebook............................................................................................. 371
15.3 AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage ......................................................................... 374
15.4 AT+CPBW Write into Phonebook ............................................................................................. 376
15.5 AT^SPBC Search the first entry in the sorted telephone book.................................................. 379
15.6 AT^SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage.......................................................................... 381
15.7 AT^SPBG Read current Phonebook entries ............................................................................. 383
15.8 AT^SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically............................................... 387
15.9 AT^SDLD Delete the 'last number redial' memory.................................................................... 391
Audio Commands................................................................................................................................ 392
16.1 Audio programming model .......................................................................................................... 392
16.2 ATL Set monitor speaker loudness ........................................................................................... 393
16.3 ATM Set monitor speaker mode................................................................................................ 394
16.4 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker volume level........................................................................................ 395
16.5 AT+CMUT Mute control ............................................................................................................ 397
16.6 AT+VTD Tone duration ............................................................................................................. 398
16.7 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation......................................................................................... 399
16.8 AT^SAIC Audio Interface Configuration.................................................................................... 401
16.9 AT^SNFA Set or query of microphone attenuation .................................................................. 403
16.10 AT^SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values ............................................. 405
16.11 AT^SNFI Set microphone path parameters .............................................................................. 406
16.12 AT^SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply......................................................... 408
16.13 AT^SNFO Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter ................................................... 410
16.14 AT^SNFPT Set progress tones................................................................................................. 412
16.15 AT^SNFS Select audio hardware set........................................................................................ 413
16.16 AT^SNFTTY Switch audio path to TTY/CTM mode ................................................................. 417
16.17 AT^SNFV Set loudspeaker volume........................................................................................... 419
16.18 AT^SNFW Write audio setting in non-volatile store .................................................................. 421
16.19 AT^SRTC Ring tone configuration ............................................................................................ 422
Hardware related Commands............................................................................................................. 425
17.1 AT+CALA Set alarm time ......................................................................................................... 425
17.1.1 Summary of AT commands available in Alarm mode .................................................... 428
17.2 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock....................................................................................................... 429
17.3 AT^SBC Battery charging / discharging and charge control ..................................................... 430
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 9 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
Contents
s
mobile
17.4 AT^SBV Battery/Supply Voltage ............................................................................................... 433
17.5 AT^SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query temperature........... 434
17.6 AT^SSYNC Configure SYNC Pin.............................................................................................. 437
17.6.1 ME status indicated by status LED patterns................................................................... 438
18.1 A/ Repeat previous command line ............................................................................................ 439
18.2 ATS3 Write command line termination character...................................................................... 440
18.3 ATS4 Set response formatting character .................................................................................. 441
18.4 ATS5 Write command line editing character............................................................................. 442
19.1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication....................................................... 443
19.2 List of *# Codes........................................................................................................................... 444
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN ............................................................. 448
19.4 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W................................................................................ 455
19.5 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F.......................................................................... 458
19.6 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)............................................................................. 461
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands ............................................................................................. 463
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 10 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
List of Tables
s
mobile
List of Tables
Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other commands............................................... 16
Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters ..................................... 16
Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 (example) .................................... 32
Wake-up events in NON-CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes................................................. 43
Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels .................................................................. 100
Table 17.1: List of AT Commands Available in Alarm and Charge-only Mode>.......................................... 428
Table 17.2: Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions......................................................................... 438
Table 19.1: List of *# Codes ........................................................................................................................ 444
Table 19.2: Abbreviations of Codes and Parameters Used in Table "List of *# Codes".............................. 445
Table 19.3: Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN........................................................... 448
Table 19.4: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC0 / MUX Channel 1...................................................... 455
Table 19.5: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 / MUX Channels 2 and 3.......................................... 456
Table 19.6: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F ....................................................................... 458
Table 19.7: Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC).......................................................................... 461
Table 19.8: Alphabetical List of AT Commands........................................................................................... 463
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 11 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
List of Figures
s
mobile
List of Figures
Figure 16.1: Audio programming model........................................................................................................ 392
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 12 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1. Introduction
s
mobile
1.
Introduction
1.1
Scope of the document
This document presents the AT Command Set for the Siemens Cellular Engine
MC55 Version 01.05.
Before using the Cellular Engine or upgrading to a new firmware version please read the latest product informa-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 13 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.2 Related documents
s
mobile
1.2
Related documents
[1] Release Notes: MC55, Version 01.05
[2] MC55 Hardware Interface Description, Version 01.05
[3] GPRS Startup User's Guide
[4] Remote-SAT User's Guide
[5] Multiplexer User's Guide
[6] Application Note 16: Updating MC55 Firmware
[7] Application Note 02: Audio Interface Design
[8] Multiplex Driver Developer's Guide for Windows 2000 and Windows XP
[9] Multiplex Driver Installation Guide for Windows 2000 and Windows XP
[10] Application Note 22: Using TTY / CTM equipment with MC55
[11] ISO/IEC10646: "Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS)"; UCS2, 16 bit coding
[12] ITU-T Recommendation V.24: List of definitions for interchange circuits between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE)
[13] ITU-T Recommendation V.25ter: Serial asynchronous automatic dialling and control
[14] 3GPP TS 23.038 (GSM 03.38): Alphabets and language specific information
[15] 3GPP TS 27.005 (GSM 07.05): Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit terminating Equipment (DTE
- DCE) interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)
[16] 3GPP TS 27.007 (GSM 07.07): AT command set for User Equipment (UE)
[17] 3GPP TS 27.060 (GSM 07.60): Mobile Station (MS) supporting Packet Switched Services
[18] 3GPP TS 51.011 (GSM 11.11): Specification of the Subscriber Identity Module - Mobile Equipment (SIM -
ME) interface
[19] 3GPP TS 11.14 (GSM 11.14): Specification of the SIM Application Toolkit for the Subscriber Identity Module
- Mobile Equipment (SIM - ME) interface
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 14 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.3 Document conventions
s
mobile
1.3
Document conventions
Throughout the document, the GSM engines are referred to as ME (Mobile Equipment), MS (Mobile Station), TA
(Terminal Adapter), DCE (Data Communication Equipment) or facsimile DCE (FAX modem, FAX board).
To control your GSM engine you can simply send AT Commands via its serial interface. The controlling device
at the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE (Terminal Equipment), DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) or
plainly 'the application' (probably running on an embedded system).
All abbreviations and acronyms used throughout this document are based on the GSM specifications. For defi-
nitions please refer to TR 100 350 V7.0.0 (1999-08), (GSM 01.04, version 7.0.0 release 1998).
1.3.1
Quick reference table
Each AT command description includes a table similar to the example shown below. The table is intended as a
quick reference to indicate the following functions:
PIN:
Is the AT command PIN protected?
ꢀ
ꢁ
C
Yes
No
Usage is dependent on conditions specified for the command, or not all command types are PIN
protected (for example write command PIN protected, read command not).
uses the same symbols.
ASC0: Is the AT command supported on the first physical serial interface ASC0?
ꢀ
Yes
No
ꢁ
ASC1: Is the AT command supported on the second physical serial interface ASC1?
ꢀ
Yes
No
ꢁ
MUXn: Is the AT command usable on the Multiplexer channels MUX1, MUX2, MUX3?
ꢀ
ꢁ
C
Yes
No
AT command is usable, but under the restrictions specified in the chapter related to the com-
mand.
Note: The columns MUX1, MUX2 and MUX3 are relevant only when the GSM engine operates in Mul-
tiplexer mode, that is, when the first physical serial interface is partitioned into 3 virtual channels
by using the Multiplexer protocol. Usage is the same on ASC0 and MUX1.
Example:
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
C
C
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 15 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.3 Document conventions
s
mobile
1.3.2
Superscript notation for parameters and values
Table 1.1: Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other commands
Parameter option
<param>(&W)
Meaning
Parameter value will be stored with AT&W
Parameter value will be displayed with AT&V
Parameter value will be stored with AT^SNFW
<param>(&V)
<param>(ˆSNFW)
<param>(+CSCS)
Table 1.2: Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters
Value option
Meaning
[x]
Default value: if the parameter is omitted, the value 'x' will be assumed
Factory default value, will be restored to 'x' with AT&F
Powerup default value of a parameter which is not stored at power down
Delivery default value of a parameter which cannot be restored automatically
x(&F)
x(P)
x(D)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 16 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.4 AT command syntax
s
mobile
1.4
AT command syntax
The "AT" or "at" prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line enter
<CR>.
Commands are usually followed by a response that includes "<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>". Throughout this
document, only the responses are presented, <CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.
Types of AT commands and responses:
AT command type
Test command
Syntax
Function
AT+CXXX=?
The mobile equipment returns the
list of parameters and value ranges
set with the corresponding Write
command or by internal processes.
Read command
AT+CXXX?
This command returns the currently
set value of the parameter or
parameters.
Write command
AT+CXXX=<...>
AT+CXXX
This command sets user-definable
parameter values.
Exec(ution) command
The execution command reads
non-variable parameters deter-
mined by internal processes in the
GSM engine.
1.4.1
Using parameters
•
•
•
•
Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets. If optional parameters are omitted, the current settings
are used until you change them.
Optional parameters or subparameters can be omitted unless they are followed by other parameters. If you
want to omit a parameter in the middle of a string it must be replaced by a comma. See also example 1.
A parameter value enclosed in square brackets represents the value that will be used if an optional parameter
is omitted. See also example 2.
When the parameter is a character string, e.g. <text>or <number>, the string must be enclosed in quotation
marks, e.g. "Charlie Brown" or "+49030xxxx". Symbols within quotation marks will be recognized as strings.
•
•
•
All spaces will be ignored when using strings without quotaton marks.
It is possible to omit the leading zeros of strings which represent numbers.
If an optional parameter of a V.25ter command is omitted, its value is assumed to be 0.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 17 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.4 AT command syntax
s
mobile
Example 1: Omitting parameters in the middle of a string
AT+CCUG?
+CCUG: 1,10,1
OK
Query current setting
AT+CCUG=,9
OK
Set only the middle parameter
Query new setting
AT+CCUG?
+CCUG: 1,9,1
OK
Example 2: Using default parameter values for optional parameters
AT+CFUN=5,0
OK
Activate CYCLIC SLEEP mode, don't reset ME
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
OK
Query ME mode
AT+CFUN=
OK
Set ME back to normal (default parameters: 1,0)
+CFUN: 1
OK
1.4.2
Combining AT commands on the same command line
You may enter several AT commands on the same line. This eliminates the need to type the "AT" or "at" prefix
before each command. Instead, it is only needed once at the beginning of the command line. Use a semicolon
as command delimiter.
The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 391 characters. If this number is exceeded none of the com-
mands will be executed and TA returns ERROR.
The table below lists the AT commands you cannot enter together with other commands on the same line. Oth-
erwise, the responses may not be in the expected order.
AT command type
Comment
V.25ter commands
with FAX commands (Prefix AT+F)
with Siemens commands, Prefix AT^S)
To be used standalone
GSM 7.07 commands
GSM 7.05 commands (SMS)
Commands starting with AT&
To be used standalone
To be used standalone
Note: When concatenating AT commands please keep in mind that the sequence of processing may be different
from the sequential order of command input. Therefore, if the consecutive order of the issued commands is your
concern, avoid concatenating commands on the same line.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 18 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
1.5
Supported character sets
The ME supports two character sets: GSM 03.38 (7 bit, also referred to as GSM alphabet or SMS alphabet) and
UCS2 (16 bit, refer to ISO/IEC 10646). See AT+CSCSfor information about selecting the character set. Character
tables can be found below.
Explanation of terms
•
IRA
IRA means that one byte is displayed as two characters in hexadecimal format. for example, the byte 0x36
(decimal 54) is displayed as "36" (two chars).
•
Escape sequences
The escape sequence used within a text coded in the GSM default alphabet (0x1B) must be correctly inter-
preted by the TE, both for character input and output. To the module, an escape sequence appears like any
other byte received or sent.
•
•
•
TE
TE is the terminal equipment that uses the GSM default alphabet as its character set. MS Hyperterminal
(often used with the module) is an ANSI / ASCII terminal that does not support the GSM default alphabet.
Data Coding Scheme
The Data Coding Scheme (dcs) is part of a short message and is saved on the SIM. When writing a short
message to the SIM in textmode, the dcs stored with AT+CSMP is used.
TE Character Set
The currently used TE character set is selected with AT+CSCS.
The behavior when encountering characters, that are not valid characters of the supported alphabets, is unde-
fined.
Due to the constraints described below it is recommended to prefer the USC2 alphabet in any external applica-
tion.
If the GSM alphabet is selected all characters sent over the serial line are in the range from 0 ... 127. CAUTION:
GSM alphabet is not ASCII alphabet!
Several problems resulting from the use of the GSM alphabet:
•
"@" character with GSM alphabet value 0 is not printable by an ASCII terminal program (e.g. Microsoft©
Hyperterminal®).
•
"@" character with GSM alphabet value of binary 0 will terminate any C string! This is because the 0 is defined
as C string end tag. Therefore, the GSM Null character may cause problems on application level when using
a 'C'-function as "strlen()". This can be avoided if it is represented by an escape sequence as shown in the
table below.
By the way, this may be the reason why even network providers often replace "@"with "@=*" in their SIM
application.
•
•
Other characters of the GSM alphabet are misinterpreted by an ASCII terminal program. For example, GSM
"ö" (as in "Börse") is assumed to be "|" in ASCII, thus resulting in "B|rse". This is because both alphabets mean
different characters with values hex. 7C or 00 and so on.
In addition, decimal 17 and 19 which are used as XON/XOFF control characters when software flow control
is activated, are interpreted as normal characters in the GSM alphabet.
When you write characters differently coded in ASCII and GSM (e.g. Ä, Ö, Ü), you need to enter escape
sequences. Such a character is translated into the corresponding GSM character value and, when output later,
the GSM character value can be presented. Any ASCII terminal then will show wrong responses.
Examples for character definitions depending on alphabet
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 19 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
GSM 03.38
character
GSM character
hex. value
Corresponding
ASCII character
ASCII
Esc sequence
Hex Esc
sequence
Ö
"
5C
22
08
00
\
\5C
\22
\08
\00
5C 35 43
5C 32 32
5C 30 38
5C 30 30
"
ò
BSP
NULL
@
CAUTION: Often, the editors of terminal programs do not recognize escape sequences. In this case, an escape
sequence will be handled as normal characters. The most common workaround to this problem is to write a script
which includes a decimal code instead of an escape sequence. This way you can write, for example, short mes-
sages which may contain differently coded characters.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 20 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
1.5.1
GSM alphabet tables and UCS2 character values
This section provides tables for the GSM 03.38 alphabet supported by the ME. Below any GSM character find
the corresponding two byte character value of the UCS2 alphabet.
Figure 1.1: Main character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1) This code is an escape to the following extension of the 7 bit default alphabet table.
2) This code is not a printable character and therefore not defined for the UCS2 alphabet. It shall be treated as the accom-
panying control character.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 21 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
Figure 1.2: Extension character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1) This code value is reserved for the extension to another extension table. On receipt of this code, a receiving entity shall
display a space until another extension table is defined.
2) This code represents the EURO currency symbol. The code value is the one used for the character 'e'. Therefore a receiv-
ing entity which is incapable of displaying the EURO currency symbol will display the character 'e' instead.
3) This code is defined as a Page Break character and may be used for example in compressed CBS messages. Any mobile
which does not understand the 7 bit default alphabet table extension mechanism will treat this character as Line Feed.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 22 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
In the event that an MS receives a code where a symbol is not represented in figure Extension character table
of GSM 03.38 alphabet the MS shall display the character shown in the main default 7 bit alphabet table (see
1.5.2
UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode
This chapter provides basic information on how to handle input and output character conversion for SMS text
mode and Remote-SAT if internal (ME) and external (TE) character representation differ, i.e. if the Data Coding
Scheme and the TE character use different coding.
1.5.2.1 Implementing output of SIM data to the TE (direction ME to TE)
dcs
CSCS
7-Bit
(GSM default)
8-Bit
16-Bit
(UCS2)
GSM
Case 1
Case 2
Case 3
GSM (1:1)
IRA (1:1)
IRA (2:2)
UCS2
Case 4
Case 5
Case 6
GSM to UCS2 (1:2)
GSM to UCS2 (1:2)
IRA (2:2)
Case 1
Every byte will be sent as GSM character (or ASCII with Hyperterminal).
Example: 0x41,0x21 J "AB" (because of conversion from 7-bit to 8-bit)
Case 2
Every byte will be sent as IRA. No conversion.
Example: 0x41,0x42 J "4142"
Case 3
Every byte will be sent as IRA. No conversion to GSM to avoid data loss.
Example: 0x00,0x41 J "0041"
Problems:
• 0x41,0x42 J "4142" (invalid GSM character, but ignored with respect to GSM 07.05)
• 0x41 J Error (there are two bytes needed)
Case 4
Every byte will be converted from GSM to UCS2.
Example: 0x41,0x42 J "00410042"
Case 5
Every byte will be converted from GSM to UCS2.
Example: 0x41,0x42 J "00410042"
Case 6
Example: 0x41,0x42 J "4142"
Problems:
• 0x41 J Error (there are two bytes needed)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 23 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
1.5.2.2 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to ME)
CSCS
dcs
GSM
UCS2
7-Bit
Case 1
Case 4
(GSM default)
GSM (1:1)
UCS2 to GSM (2:1)
8-Bit
Case 2
Case 5
IRA (1:1)
UCS2 to GSM (2:1)
16-Bit
Case 3
Case 6
(UCS2)
IRA (2:2)
IRA (2:2)
Case 1
Data will be packed to 7-bit.
Maximum text length: 160 characters
Example: "AB" J 0x41,0x21
Case 2
Data will be saved without any conversion.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "4142" J 0x41,0x42
Problems:
• "8f" J Error (invalid GSM character)
Case 3
Two bytes are needed. No conversion.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "0041" J 0x00,0x41
Problems:
• "41" J Error (there are two bytes needed)
Case 4
Two bytes are needed. Two bytes will be converted to 1 byte GSM and 7-bit packed.
Maximum text length: 640 characters
Example: "00410042" J 0x41,0x21
Problems:
• "41" J Error (there are two bytes needed)
• "4142" J Error (invalid character)
• "0000" J Error (not an UCS2 character)
• "007B" J 0x1B,0x28 (the saved data are two bytes long, not 1 byte like in all other cases.
This effects the maximum input length of a string)
Case 5
Two bytes are needed. Two bytes will be converted to 1 byte GSM.
Maximum text length: 560 characters
Example: "00410042" J 0x41,0x42
Problems:
• "41" J Error (there are two bytes needed)
• "4142" J Error (invalid character)
• "0000" J Error (not an UCS2 character)
• "007B" J 0x1B,0x28 (the saved data are two bytes long, not 1 byte like in all other cases.
This effects the maximum input length of a string).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 24 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
mobile
Case 6
Two bytes are needed.
Maximum text length: 280 characters
Example: "00410042" J 0x00,0x41,0x00,0x21
Problems:
• "41" J Error (there are two bytes needed)
• "0000" J Error (not an UCS2 character)
• "007B" J 0x00,0x7B
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 25 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.6 Flow Control
s
mobile
1.6
Flow Control
Flow control is essential to prevent loss of data or avoid errors when, in a data or fax call, the sending device is
transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready to accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity,
the receiving device should be capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to regulate data flow: software flow control and hardware flow control. The
High Watermark of the input / output buffer should be set to approximately 60% of the total buffer size. The Low
Watermark is recommended to be about 30%. The data flow should be stopped when the capacity rises close to
the High Watermark and resumed when it drops below the Low Watermark. The time required to cause stop and
go results in a hysteresis between the High and Low Watermarks.
In Multiplex mode, it is recommended to use hardware flow control.
1.6.1
Software flow control (XON/OFF flow control)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal 17) data
flow. The only advantage of software flow control is that three wires would be sufficient on the serial interface.
1.6.2
Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)
Hardware flow control sets or resets the RTS/CTS wires. This approach is faster and more reliable, and there-
fore, the better choice. When the High Watermark is reached, CTS is set inactive until the transfer from the buffer
has completed. When the Low Watermark is passed, CTS goes active once again.
To achieve smooth data flow, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your application platform. The appli-
cation should include options to enable RTS/CTS handshake with the GSM engine. This needs to be done with
the AT command AT\Q3 - it is not sufficient to set RTS/CTS handshake in the used Terminal program only.
The default setting of the GSM engine is AT\Q0 (no flow control) which must be altered to AT\Q3 (RTS/CTS
hardware handshake on). The setting is stored volatile and must be restored each time after the GSM engine
was switched off.
AT\Qhas no read command. To verify the current setting of AT\Q, simply check the settings of the active profile
Often, fax programs run an intialization procedure when started up. The intialization commonly includes enabling
RTS/CTS hardware handshake, eliminating the need to set AT\Q3 once again. However, before setting up a
CSD call, you are advised to check that RTS/CTS handshake is set.
RTS/CTS hardware handshake must also be set if you want to take advantage of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes.
Note: After deactivating the RTS line, the ME may still send up to 264 bytes (worst case). This can be easily
handled if the buffer of the host application is sufficiently sized, and if a hysteresis is implemented in its Rx buffer.
For host applications that are required to handle a large amount of data at high speed, a total buffer capacity of
512 bytes is recommended.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 26 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.7 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation
s
mobile
1.7
Unsolicited Result Code Presentation
URC stands for Unsolicited Result Code and is a report message issued by the ME without being requested by
the TE, i.e. a URC is issued automatically when a certain event occurs. Hence, a URC is not issued as part of
the response related to an executed AT command.
Typical events leading to URCs are incoming calls ("RING"), received SMs, changing temperature, status of the
battery etc.
To announce a pending URC transmission the ME will do the following:
•
Activates its Ring line (logic "1") for one second, i.e. the line changes to physical "Low" level. This allows the
TE to enter power saving mode until ME related events request service.
•
If the AT command interface is busy a "BREAK" will be sent immediately but the URC will not be issued until
the line is free. This may happen if the URC is pending
-
while an AT command is being processed, i.e. during the time from sending the first character "A" of an
AT command by the TE until the ME has responded with "OK" or "ERROR", or
-
during a data call.
Please note that AT command settings may be necessary to enable in-band signaling, e.g. refer to AT+CMER
It is strongly recommended to use the multiplex mode to map logical communication channels onto the serial line
of the MC55, for details refer to [5] and AT command AT+CMUX. Doing so it is possible to use one channel to still
process URCs while having a data call active on another.
For most of these messages, the ME needs to be configured whether or not to send an URC. Depending on the
AT command, the URC presentation mode can be saved to the user defined profile (see AT&W), or needs to be
activated every time you reboot the ME. Several URCs are not user definable, such as "^SYSSTART",
If autobauding is enabled (as factory default mode or set with AT+IPR=0), URCs generated after restart will be
output with 57600 bps until the ME has detected the current bit rate. The URCs "^SYSSTART", "^SYSSTART
<text>", however, are not presented at all. For details please refer to Chapter 4.7.1. To avoid problems we rec-
ommend to configure a fixed bit rate rather than using autobauding.
1.7.1
Communication between Customer Application and MC55
Leaving hardware flow control unconsidered the Customer Application (TE) is coupled with the MC55 (ME) via
a receive and a transmit line.
Since both lines are driven by independent devices collisions may (and will) happen, i.e. while the TE issues an
AT command the MC55 starts sending an URC. This probably will lead to the TE's misinterpretation of the URC
being part of the AT command's response.
To avoid this conflict the following measures must be taken:
•
If an AT command is finished (with "OK" or "ERROR") the TE shall always wait at least 100 milliseconds
before sending the next one.
This gives the MC55 the opportunity to transmit pending URCs and get necessary service.
Note that some AT commands may require more delay after "OK" or "ERROR" response, refer to the following
command specifications for details.
•
received from the TE.
Hence, when the TE receives the echo of the first character "A" of the AT command just sent by itself it has
control over both the receive and the transmit paths. This way no URC can be issued by the MC55 in between.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 27 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.8 Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS)
s
mobile
1.8
Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS)
The ME provides features to implement a device following the prerequisites of the Common PCN Handset Spec-
ification (CPHS) Phase 2.
CPHS Feature
Description/Remarks
AT command
Alternate Line Service
Using two phone numbers with one SIM card.
Voice Message Waiting
Indication
sage Waiting Indicator as defined by the CPHS Phase 2
standard.
"vmwait1" and
"vmwait2"
Operator (Service pro-
vider) name from SIM
vider Lock
Call Forwarding
File (6F13h) from SIM.
(CSP)
tomer profiles.
Information numbers
SIM according to CPHS 4.2 (mandatory).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 28 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
1.9 Errors and Messages
s
mobile
1.9
Errors and Messages
The final result codes "+CME ERROR: <err>" and "+CMS ERROR: <err>" indicate errors related to mobile equip-
ment or network. The effect is similar to an ERROR result code.
A final result error code terminates the execution of the command and prevents the execution of all remaining
commands that may follow on the same command line. If so, neither ERROR nor OK result code are returned
for these commands. A 30 seconds timeout causes ERROR to be returned when the input of a command is not
complete.
See also:
•
•
• AT+CEER
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 29 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2. Configuration Commands
s
mobile
2.
Configuration Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine the MC55's behaviour
under various conditions.
2.1
AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults
Notes
•
•
•
List of parameters reset to manufacturer default can be found in Chapter Factory Default Settings
In addition to the default profile, you can store an individual one with AT&W. To alternate between the two pro-
Every ongoing or incoming call will be terminated.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 30 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.2 AT&V
s
mobile
2.2
AT&V Display current configuration
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ACTIVE PROFILE:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA returns the current parameter setting. The configuration varies depending on whether or not PIN authentica-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Profile number
Notes
•
•
The parameters of AT^SMGOcan only be displayed after the SMS data from the SIM have been read success-
fully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take
up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to read the
parameter will result in empty values.
2.2.1
AT&V responses
The following tables show four different kinds of responses depending on whether or not the PIN is entered and
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 31 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.2 AT&V
s
mobile
Table 2.1: Current configuration on ASC0 / MUX channel 1 (example)
PIN authentication done
No PIN authentication
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0 \Q0
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0 \Q0
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060 S8:000 S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060 S8:000
S10:002 S18:000
+CBST: 7,0,1
+CRLP: 61,61,78,6
+CR: 0
S10:002 S18:000
+CBST: 7,0,1
+CRLP: 61,61,78,6
+CR: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+CRC: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+ILRR: 0
+CMGF: 0
+CSDH: 0
+IPR: 57600
+CMEE: 2
+CNMI: 0,0,0,0,1
+ILRR: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
OK
+IPR: 57600
+CMEE: 2
^SMGO: 0,0
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1
^SACM: 0,"000000","000000"
^SLCC: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
+CREG: 0,1
+CLIP: 0,2
+CAOC: 0
+COPS: 0,0,"operator"
+CGSMS: 3
OK
Table 2.2: Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 (example)
PIN authentication done
No PIN authentication
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D0 &S0 \Q0
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008
+CR: 0
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D0 &S0 \Q0
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008
+CR: 0
+CRC: 0
+ILRR: 0
+CMGF: 0
+IPR: 57600
+CSDH: 0
+CMEE: 2
+CNMI: 0,0,0,0,1
+ILRR: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
+CGSMS: 3
+IPR: 57600
OK
+CMEE: 2
^SMGO: 0,0
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1
^SACM: 0,"000000","000000"
^SLCC: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
+CREG: 0,1
+CLIP: 0,2
+CAOC: 0
+COPS: 0,0,"operator"
+CGSMS: 3
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 32 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.3 AT&W
s
mobile
2.3
AT&W Stores current configuration to user defined profile
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR/+CME ERROR <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA stores the currently set parameters to a user defined profile in the non-volatile memory.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Number of profile
Notes
•
The user defined profile will be restored automatically after PowerUp. Use ATZto restore user profile and
•
User defined profiles in multiplex mode:
AT&Wstores the current setting of each channel to the user profile, no matter on which of the three channels
the command is executed. Each channel may have an individual profile.
•
A list of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Chapter AT Command Settings storable
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 33 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.4 ATQ
s
mobile
2.4
ATQ Set result code presentation mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
(none)
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA transmits any result code to the TE. Information text
transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DCE transmits result code
1
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 34 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.5 ATV
s
mobile
2.5
ATV Set result code format mode
This command determines the contents of header and trailer transmitted with AT command result codes and
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
0
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
1(&F)
Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR>
2.5.1
Verbose and numeric result codes
Verbose format
OK
Numeric format
Meaning
0
1
2
3
4
Command executed, no errors
Link established
CONNECT
RING
Ring detected
NO CARRIER
ERROR
Link not established or disconnected
Invalid command or command line too
long
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
6
7
No dial tone, dialling impossible, wrong
mode
Remote station busy
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 35 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.5 ATV
s
mobile
Verbose format
Numeric format
47
Meaning
CONNECT 2400/RLP
Link with 2400 bps and Radio Link Pro-
tocol
CONNECT 4800/RLP
CONNECT 9600/RLP
CONNECT 14400/RLP
48
49
50
Link with 4800 bps and Radio Link Pro-
tocol
Link with 9600 bps and Radio Link Pro-
tocol
Link with 14400 bps and Radio Link Pro-
tocol
ALERTING
DIALING
Alerting at called phone
Mobile phone is dialing
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 36 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.6 ATX
s
mobile
2.6
ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA detects the presence of dial tone and busy signal and
whether or not TA transmits particular result codes.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are both dis-
abled.
1
both disabled.
2
detection is disabled.
3
detection is enabled.
4(&F)
enabled.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 37 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.7 ATZ
s
mobile
2.7
ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA sets all current parameters to the user profile stored with AT&W. If a connection is in progress, it will be termi-
nated.
The user defined profile is stored to the non-volatile memory.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Reset to user profile
Notes
•
First the profile will be set to factory default (see AT&F). If there is a valid user profile (stored with AT&W), this
profile will be loaded afterwards.
•
Any additional commands on the same command line may be ignored. A delay of 300 ms is required before
next command is sent, otherwise "OK" response may be corrupted.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 38 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.8 AT+CFUN
s
mobile
2.8
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
This command serves to control the functionality level of the ME. It can be used to reset the ME, to choose one
of the SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality.
Intended for power saving, SLEEP mode reduces the functionality of the ME to a minimum and thus minimizes
the current consumption. SLEEP mode falls in two categories:
•
•
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode permanently blocks the serial interface. The CYCLIC SLEEP mode, however, is a
dynamic process which alternatingly enables and disables the serial interface. The major benefit of all CYCLIC
SLEEP modes is that the serial interface remains accessible and that, in intermittent wake-up periods, characters
can be sent or received without terminating the selected mode. The best choice is using <fun>= 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9,
since in these modes MC55 automatically resumes power saving, after you have sent or received a short mes-
sage or made a call. <fun>=5 or 6 do not offer this feature to the same extent and are only supported for com-
patibility with earlier releases. In all CYCLIC SLEEP modes, you can enter <fun>=1 to permanently wake up
MC55 and take it back to full functionality. Please refer to section 2.8.1 for a summary of all SLEEP modes and
the different ways of waking up the module.
For CYCLIC SLEEP mode (<fun>= 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9) both the ME and the application must be configured to use
hardware flow control. This is necessary since the CTS signal is set/reset every time when the ME listens to a
paging message from the base station. This is the way how the module indicates to the application when the
UART is active. For detailed information on the timing of the CTS signal refer to [2]. The default setting of hard-
ware flow control is AT\Q0 which must be altered to AT\Q3. For use after restart you are advised to add it to the
If both interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected, hardware flow control must be set in either application.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CFUN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CFUN?
Response(s)
+CFUN: <fun>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 39 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.8 AT+CFUN
s
mobile
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
C
C
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns the values of the supported parameters.
The read command returns the current functionality value.
The write command can be used to reset the ME, to choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to full func-
tionality.
Parameter Description
<fun>(num)
0
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have
remain in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result
code.
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full func-
[1](&F)
Full functionality.
If the ME is in one of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes you can issue AT+CFUN=1
to stop power saving and return to full functionality.
Keep in mind that, unlike the reset command described below, this action does
not restart the ME but only changes the level of functionality. See parameter
5
6
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging. If characters
are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active for 2 seconds after
the last character was sent or received.
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active for 10
minutes after the last character was sent or received.
To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately, the ME stays active for
7
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging. If characters
are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active for 2 seconds after
the last character was sent or received. ME exits SLEEP mode only, if
AT+CFUN=1 is entered.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 40 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.8 AT+CFUN
s
mobile
8
9
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging.
If characters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active for 10
minutes after the last character was sent or received. ME exits SLEEP mode
To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately, the ME stays active for
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled during paging. If characters
are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active after the last char-
acter was sent or received for at least the time, which can be configured by
(temporary
wakeup).
In contrast to SLEEP modes 5,6,7 and 8 assertion of RTS can also be used to
temporarily wake up the ME. In this case too, activity time is at least the time
can be activated either from ASC0 or ASC1.
<rst>(num)
The parameter can only be used if the serial interface is enabled.
Due to the command syntax, you need to enter parameter <fun>, followed by <rst>, where <fun>is only a
placeholder and has no effect. See examples below.
[0]
1
ME resets and restarts to full functionality. After reset and restart, PIN 1
mended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the first AT command. For
Notes
•
If both serial interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected, any functionality level set with AT+CFUNtakes effect
on both of them. In Multiplex mode, the CFUN profile is shared by all multiplexer channels.
•
If the ME is in Multiplexer mode, it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode with AT+CFUN=<fun>. The
best approach to properly control SLEEP mode in this case is to issue the PSC messages described in [5],
chapter "Power saving control".
•
•
When a circuit-switched call is in progress, <fun>=7 or 8 or 9 can be activated without terminating the call.
Please keep in mind that power saving works properly only when PIN authentication has been done. If you
attempt to activate power saving while the SIM card is not inserted or the PIN is not correctly entered, the
selected <fun>level will be set, though power saving does not take effect. For the same reason, power sav-
ing cannot be used if MC55 operates in Alarm mode. Furthermore, in order to accept incoming calls, SMS or
network related URCs in SLEEP mode the ME must be registered when it enters the SLEEP mode.
•
To check whether power saving is on, you can query the status with the read command AT+CFUN? only if
the module is in full functionality mode or in CYCLIC SLEEP mode. If available, you can also take advantage
of the status LED controlled by the SYNC pin (see AT^SSYNCand [2]). The LED remains "off" while the mod-
ule is in any of the SLEEP modes. However, the module can wake up temporarily from power saving without
leaving its CYCLIC SLEEP mode (without changing +CFUN "<fun>"), e.g. for a network scan after a loss of
radio coverage, or after receipt of serial data during CYCLIC SLEEP mode. During this "temporary wakeup
state" the LED will operate as if the ME was in full functionality mode.
•
Recommendation: In NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, you can set an RTC alarm to wake up the ME and return
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 41 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.8 AT+CFUN
s
mobile
to full functionality. This is a useful approach because, in this mode, the AT interface is not accessible.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To check the level of functionality use the read command:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1
Default mode after ME was restarted
Remember that the AT interface is not accessible in NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode. Consequently, the read
command is only useful when the ME is set to full functionality or, when <fun>is set to 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9.
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
CYCLIC SLEEP mode
EXAMPLE 2
To set the ME to NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode enter
AT+CFUN=0
OK
When, for example, an SMS is being received and indicated by an unsolicited result code (URC), the ME
wakes up to full operation.
+CMTI: "SM",5
After this, you may want to verify the operating status:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1
Indicates that ME has entered full functionality mode.
EXAMPLE 3
To stop CYCLIC SLEEP mode and return to full functionality:
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 5
OK
AT+CFUN=1
OK
Remember that this approach is not applicable to the NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode (since the serial interface
is disabled). The NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode ends with the first wake-up event.
EXAMPLE 4
To reset and restart the ME:
AT+CFUN=1,1
OK
or alternatively, AT+CFUN=0,1 or 5,1 or 6,1 or 7,1 or 8,1 or 9,1
^SYSSTART
The ^SYSSTART URC confirms that the ME has been rebooted. Note
mode, it is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the first
AT command. Remember to enter the SIM PIN after restart.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 42 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.8 AT+CFUN
s
mobile
2.8.1
Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode
A wake-up event is any event that causes the ME to draw current. Depending on the selected mode, the wake-
up event either switches the SLEEP mode off and takes the ME back to full functionality AT+CFUN=1, or activates
the ME temporarily without terminating the selected SLEEP mode.
•
•
Quit: ME exits SLEEP mode.
Temporary: ME becomes active temporarily for the duration of the event and the mode-specific follow-up time
after the last character was sent or received on the serial interface.
•
No effect: Event is not relevant in the selected SLEEP mode. The ME does not wake up.
Table 2.3: Wake-up events in NON-CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes
Event
Selected mode:
Selected mode:
Selected mode:
<fun>=0
<fun>=5 or 6
<fun>=7 or 8 or 9
Ignition line
No effect
No effect
No effect
/RTS0 or /RTS1 activation Quit
No effect (RTS is only
used for flow control)
Mode 7 and 8: No effect
(RTS is only used for flow
control)
Mode 9: Temporary
Unsolicited Result Code
(URC)
Quit
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Temporary
Temporary
Incoming voice or data
call
Quit
Any AT command (incl.
outgoing SMS, voice or
data call)
Not possible (UART dis-
abled)
Temporary
is set to 0,0 (this is the
default setting)
No effect
No effect
is set to 1,1)
Quit
Temporary
Temporary
GPRS data transfer
Not possible (UART dis-
Temporary
abled)
RTC alarm line
Quit
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Quit
AT+CFUN=1
Not possible (UART dis-
abled)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 43 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.9 AT^SMSO
s
mobile
2.9
AT^SMSO Switch off mobile station
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMSO=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMSO
Response(s)
^SMSO: MS OFF
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
^SHUTDOWN
Indicates that the power-off procedure is finished and the module will be switched off within 1 second
Command Description
The exec command initiates the power-off procedure. Low level of the module's VDD pin and display of URC
"^SHUTDOWN" verifies that the procedure has completed and the module has entered the POWER DOWN mode.
Therefore, be sure not to disconnect the operating voltage until VDD is low or until URC "^SHUTDOWN" is dis-
played . Otherwise, you run the risk of losing data. For further details on how to turn off the module see the [2].
Notes
•
•
Do not send any command after this command.
If AT^SMSO is entered on one of the Multiplexer channels the ME closes the Multiplexer channels, terminates
the Multiplexer and deactivates all other functions. Then, the URC "^SHUTDOWN" will be issued on the phys-
ical serial interface (ASC0). The URC will be transmitted at the bit rate last activated on ASC0 for use with
the Multiplex driver.
•
If both interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected the URC appears on both of them.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 44 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.10 AT+GCAP
s
mobile
2.10
AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GCAP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GCAP
Response(s)
+GCAP: <name>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
Parameter Description
<name>(str)
e.g.: +CGSM,+FCLASS
Note
•
+CGSM: The response text shows which GSM commands of the ETSI standard are supported.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 45 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
2.11
AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMEE=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMEE?
Response(s)
+CMEE: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMEE=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command controls the presentation of the result code +CME ERROR: <err> that indicates errors relating to
ME functionality.
When you power down or reset the ME with AT+CFUN=1,1 the setting will be reset to its default. The levels 1 or
2 need to be selected every time you reboot the ME, or may be included, for permanent use, in the user profile
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
disable result code (only 'ERROR' will be displayed)
enable result code and use numeric values
enable result code and use verbose values
1
2
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 46 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
In multiplex mode (see AT+CMUX) the setting applies only to the logical channel where selected. The setting
on the other channels may differ.
Example
AT+CMEE=2
OK
2.11.1 Summary of CME ERRORS related to GSM 07.07
Code of <err>
phone failure
0
1
no connection to phone
phone-adapter link reserved
Operation not allowed
Operation not supported
PH-SIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PUK required
SIM not inserted
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
SIM PIN required
SIM PUK required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
Incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory full
invalid index
not found
Memory failure
text string too long
invalid characters in text string
dial string too long
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 47 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
Code of <err>
27
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
invalid characters in dial string
no network service
30
31
Network timeout
32
Network not allowed emergency calls only
Network personalization PIN required
Network personalization PUK required
Network subset personalization PIN required
Network subset personalization PUK required
service provider personalization PIN required
service provider personalization PUK required
Corporate personalization PIN required
Corporate personalization PUK required
Master Phone Code required
Unknown
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
100
132
133
134
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
service option not supported
requested service option not subscribed
service option temporarily out of order
Operation temporary not allowed
call barred
phone is busy
user abort
invalid dail string
ss not executed
SIM blocked
2.11.2 Summary of GPRS-related CME ERRORS
Code of <err>
103
Illegal MS
106
Illegal ME
107
GPRS services not allowed
PLMN not allowed
111
112
Location area not allowed
Roaming not allowed in this location area
unspecified GPRS error
PDP authentication failure
invalid mobile class
113
148
149
150
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 48 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
2.11.3 Summary of CMS ERRORS related to GSM 07.05
Code of <err>
1
Unassigned (unallocated) number
Operator determined barring
Call barred
8
10
21
Short message transfer rejected
Destination out of service
Unidentified subscriber
27
28
29
Facility rejected
30
Unknown subscriber
38
Network out of order
41
Temporary failure
42
Congestion
47
Resources unavailable, unspecified
Requested facility not subscribed
Requested facility not implemented
Invalid short message transfer reference value
Invalid message, unspecified
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
50
69
81
95
96
97
98
Message not compatible with short message protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Protocol error, unspecified
99
111
127
128
129
130
143
144
145
159
160
161
175
176
192
193
Interworking, unspecified
Telematic interworking not supported
Short message Type 0 not supported
Cannot replace short message
Unspecified TP-PID error
Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported
Message class not supported
Unspecified TP-DCS error
Command cannot be actioned
Command unsupported
Unspecified TP-Command error
TPDU not supported
SC busy
No SC subscription
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 49 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
Code of <err>
194
195
196
197
198
199
208
209
210
211
212
213
255
300
301
302
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
320
321
322
330
331
332
340
500
512
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
SC system failure
Invalid SME address
Destination SME barred
SM Rejected-Duplicate SM
TP-VPF not supported
TP-VP not supported
D0 SIM SMS storage full
No SMS storage capability in SIM
Error in MS
Memory Capacity Exceeded
SIM Application Toolkit Busy
SIM data download error
Unspecified error cause
ME failure
SMS service of ME reserved
Operation not allowed
Operation not supported
Invalid PDU mode parameter
Invalid text mode parameter
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
PH-SIM PIN required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
SIM PUK required
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory failure
Invalid memory index
Memory full
SMSC address unknown
no network service
Network timeout
NO +CNMA ACK EXPECTED
Unknown error
User abort
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 50 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+CMEE
s
mobile
Code of <err>
513
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
unable to store
514
invalid status
515
invalid character in address string
invalid length
516
517
invalid character in pdu
invalid parameter
518
519
invalid length or character
invalid character in text
timer expired
520
521
522
Operation temporary not allowed
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 51 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CSCS
s
mobile
2.12
AT+CSCS Select TE character set
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCS?
Response(s)
+CSCS: <chset>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
Command Description
Write command informs TA which character set <chset>is used by the TE. TA is then able to convert character
strings correctly between TE and ME character sets.
Parameter Description
<chset>(str)
“GSM“(&F)
GSM default alphabet (GSM 03.38 subclause 6.2.1);
Note: This setting may cause software flow control problems since the codes
used to stop and resume data flow (XOFF = decimal 19, XON = decimal 17)
are interpreted as normal characters.
“UCS2“
16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646 [32]); UCS2
character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF;
e.g. "004100620063" equals three 16-bit characters with decimal values 65, 98
and 99, $(AT R97)$
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 52 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CSCS
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
When TA-TE interface is set to 8-bit operation and used TE alphabet is 7-bit, the highest bit will be set to zero.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 53 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
2.13
AT^SCFG Extended Configuration Setting
Command can be used to query and set various ME parameters.
Parameter names are coded in GSM alphabet, parameter values in the alphabet as specified by AT+CSCS(GSM
or UCS2).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCFG=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCFG?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR):
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 54 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
Write Command
(Continued)
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR):
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR"[, <amr>]
Response(s)
+CME ERROR: invalid index
+CME ERROR: invalid characters in text string
+CME ERROR: unknown
Write Command
Response(s)
Write Command
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
Response(s)
Write Command
Query/Set timeout value for power saving mode 9
Response(s)
Write Command
Control Special Call Handover Setting
Response(s)
Write Command
Response(s)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 55 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
Write Command
Response(s)
Write Command
URC indication in datamode via RING line:
Response(s)
Write Command
URC indication via RING line:
Response(s)
Write Command
Duration of active RING line for URC indications:
Response(s)
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The read command returns a list of all supported parameters with their current values.
The write command allows to query a configuration parameter (no value was given) or to set its value(s).
The following error codes are used:
•
•
•
•
"+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed" ... change of parameter value(s) temporarily not allowed
"+CME ERROR: invalid index" ... invalid parameter name or invalid value(s).
"+CME ERROR: invalid characters in text string" ... a character set conversion of parameter value(s) failed
"+CME ERROR: unknown" ... other errors
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 56 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<amr>(str)(+CSCS)
Adaptive Multi Rate
This parameter can be used to control the usage of the feature "Adaptive Multi Rate" (AMR). It is possible to
enable or disable this feature for all network operators, or to enabled it for selected operators (max. 10). If the
feature is enabled for all operators, any request to enable it for a specific operator will result in a "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed".
Changes of this parameter become active with the next call.
“enabled“
AMR is used for every operator.
“disabled“
AMR is not used for any operator.
00000...999999
<gaa>(str)(+CSCS)
GPRS ATS0 with Attach
“on“(P)
form a GPRS attach.
“off“
perform a GPRS attach.
<groid>(str)(+CSCS)
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line for incoming IP packets in GPRS online
mode.
“on“
for a GPRS context which is online, then the RING line will be activated once,
for a time which is configured by the parameter "URC/Ringline/ActiveTime"
“off“(P)
RING line is not activated for incoming IP packets.
<cfun9-timeout>(str)(+CSCS)
Power saving mode 9 timeout
This parameter can be used to query or configure the wake up time for power saving mode 9 (see AT+CFUNwith
parameter <fun>=9). The granularity of the timeout value is 100ms (i.e. a value of 10 equals to 1 second). The
minimum timeout value that can be applied is 5, but accuracy is guaranteed for timout values greater than 20
only.
5...20(P)...36000
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 57 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
<HandOverStatus>(str)(+CSCS)
Call Handover Status
This parameter offers a workaround to prevent problems during call handover into the 1900 MHz (or 1800 MHz)
band, caused by non-conforming configurations of the 1900 MHz (or 1800 MHz) GSM network.
“0“(P)
Disable workaround.
“1“
Enable workaround. This value should be selected when handover into a 1900
MHz (or 1800 MHz) GSM network fails. If required for permanent use the value
needs to be set each time the ME is restarted.
<uri>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line to indicate URCs (both for idle interfaces
and, if configured by the parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline", if link is reserved) and, if configured, the indicator
“off“
URC is not indicated by RING.
“local“(P)
URC will be indicated by an activated RING line of the interface on which the
URC appears
“asc0“
URC is indicated by an activated RING0 line.
<urat>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line Active Time
This parameter can be used to control how long the RING line is activated to indicate URCs (both for idle inter-
faces and, if configured by the parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline" (<udri>), if link is reserved) and, if con-
figured by the parameter "GPRS/RingOnIncomingData", to indicate incoming GPRS IP data packets
“0“
RING line will be activated for a time between 4.6 and 9.2 ms.
RING line will be activated for about 100ms.
“1“
“2“(P)
RING line will be activated for about 1s.
<udri>(str)(+CSCS)
URC Datamode RING line
This parameter specifies whether RING or BREAK is used for the signaling of URCs when the TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. during circuit-switched data calls, fax connections, in GPRS data mode or during the execution
of an AT command).
“off“(P)
URC will be indicated by BREAK
“on“
URC is indicated by an active RING line for a time which is configured by the
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 58 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
<succ>(str)(+CSCS)
CIEV Call Status Indication
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC "+CIEV":call. See also AT+CIND, AT+CMERand
“restricted“(P)
the list of active calls
“verbose“
tions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls,
or when a traffic channel is established
<sucs>(str)(+CSCS)
SLCC Call Status Indication
“restricted“
of active calls
“verbose“(P)
beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or
when a traffic channel is established.
Note
•
only for modules supporting GPRS.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Usage of "Audio/AMR":
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
Switch to UCS2 character set.
Query all parameters.
OK
AT^SCFG?
...
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","0065006E00610062006C00650064"
...
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT^SCFG?
...
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","enabled"
...
AMR will be used for any operator.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 59 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.13 AT^SCFG
s
mobile
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","disabled"
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","disabled"
OK
AMR is disabled for any operator.
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","23405"
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405"
AMR is disabled for any operator, but enabled for
operator "23405".
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR","23203"
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405","23203"
AMR is disabled for any operator, but enabled for
operators "23405" and "23203".
OK
AT^SCFG="Audio/AMR"
query parameter "Audio/AMR"
^SCFG:"Audio/AMR","23405","23203"
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Usage of "URC/Ringline" and "URC/Datamode/Ringline":
AT+CSCS="GSM"
Switch to GSM character set.
OK
AT^SCFG?
Query all parameters.
...
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
URCs while TA-TE link is reserved will be indicated
by BREAK.
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","local"
URCs on this interface will be indicated by RING line
associated to the interface (e.g. RING0 for ASC0).
...
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline","on"
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","on"
URCs while TA-TE link is reserved will be indicated
by an activated "local" RING line.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline","asc0"
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","asc0"
URCs on this (!) interface will be indicated by an acti-
vated RING0 regardless whether or not the TA-TE
link is reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
URCs on this (!) interface will be indicated by an acti-
vated RING0 if TA-TE link is not (!) reserved and by
BREAK if TA-TE link is reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline"
Disable any RING line indication for URCs on this
interface.
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","off"
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 60 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SM20
s
mobile
2.14
AT^SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SM20=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SM20?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
responses returned upon execution of the commands ATDand sms commands like e.g. AT+CMGW. Please note
that the AT^SM20command has no effect on any other features and is not intended to adjust other differences
between M20 and MC55.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 61 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SM20
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<CallMode>(num)
Call setup response mode
Applies only to voice calls.
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
In case of failure, additional call release indications, such as "NO DIAL TONE,
"NO CARRIER", "BUSY" will follow.
1(&F)
Default call setup mode, compatible to M20.
ME will return "OK" in case of a successful connection, otherwise one of the
call release indications "NO DIAL TONE, "NO CARRIER", "BUSY" are indi-
cated.
<CmgwMode>(num)
Response mode for sending and writing short messages
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
ME will return +CMS ERROR: <err> when writing or sending of short mes-
sages fails.
1(&F)
Default mode for sending and writing short messages, compatible to M20.
ME will return "OK", no matter whether or not sms command was successfully
executed.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 62 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3. Status Control Commands
s
mobile
3.
Status Control Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various status information
from the MC55.
3.1
AT+CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
This command controls details of the "+CIEV" URC presentation related to AT^SINDand AT+CIND. If registered
via these commands the URCs are sent whenever a value of the related indicator changes.
In addition, AT+CMERcontrols "^SLCC" URCs related to AT^SLCC. For details refer to Call Status Infor-
istered indicators will be issued.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMER=?
Response(s)
+CMER: (list of supported<mode>s), (list of supported <keyp>s), (list of supported <disp>s), (list of
OK
Read Command
AT+CMER?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 63 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.1 AT+CMER
s
mobile
Unsolicited Result Code
A value of an indicator has changed.
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode <mode>and among others, the indicator event reporting
<indDescr>refers to the name of a "+CIEV" indicator and <indValue>is the new value of this indicator. All
registered indicator events will be issued to the TE.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0(&F)
1
online data mode. Otherwise they are forwarded directly to the TE.
2
3
in online data mode, and flush them to the TE afterwards. Otherwise they are
forwarded directly to the TE.
data mode, URCs are signaled via sending BREAK (100ms) and stored in a
stored in the buffer will be output.
<keyp>(num)
0(&F)
Keypad event reporting is not supported by MC55.
Display event reporting is not supported by MC55.
<disp>(num)
0(&F)
<ind>(num)
0(&F)
Disable indicator event reporting.
Enable indicator event reporting.
2
<bfr>(num)
0(&F)
is entered.
<indDescr>(str)
<indValue>(num)
Value of indicator; for a list of all values for the supported indicators please refer to AT+CINDand AT^SIND.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 64 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.1 AT+CMER
s
mobile
Note
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUX channels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating SMS. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE (set
with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMERor AT+CNMI
on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface,
will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 65 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
mobile
3.2
AT+CIND Indicator control
This command controls information about status changes via URC presentation of the MC55 or connected items,
e.g. battery charge level, signal quality, service availability, sound generation, indication of unread short mes-
sages, full SMS storage, call in progress or roaming activities.
Use of this command is outdated since additional indications and functionality are available with AT^SIND.
•
•
Query the current status of each indicator by using the read command AT+CIND?. It returns the status no
matter whether the indicator has been registered with the write command
Evaluate one of the "+CIEV" URCs which the ME automatically sends to the application, whenever the value
of the associated indicator changes.
The presentation of these URCs depends on two settings:
-
default, all of them are registered when the ME is switched on. Any URC can be excluded if deregistered
-
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIND=?
Response(s)
...]]
OK
Read Command
AT+CIND?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 66 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
mobile
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The read command returns the status of the ME indicators.
The write command is used to switch the event report for each indicator type. The Indicator Event Reports are
Parameter Description
<indValue>(num)
Integer type value, which shall be in range of corresponding <indDescr>
<indDescr>(str)
More indications are available via AT^SIND. Therefore use of AT^SINDfor control of all indications is recom-
mended.
“battchg“
“signal“
Battery charge level 0..4 or 5 if no measuring is performed, e.g because no bat-
Signal quality (0..7) or (99) if not measurable. The indicated value is the bit
error rate of the signal received. If there are bit errors this is not a constant but
“service“
Service availability (0-1)
0: Not registered to any network
1: Registered to home network or, if "roam"=1 then registered to another net-
work
“sounder“
Sounder activity (0-1). The indicator provides information about tones gener-
ated in the ME. Value 1 means for example:
Waiting call - ME generates waiting call tone (if call waiting is enabled).
Outgoing call - ME generates Call Progress tone.
Outgoing call - ME generates BUSY tone.
The value changes to 0 if tone stops
“message“
“call“
Call in progress (0-1). Indicator value is "1" if at least one call is in state "active"
or "held".
tor "call" will be issued
•
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown", if
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 67 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
mobile
"unknown") occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is
“roam“
Roaming indicator (0-1)
0: Registered to home network or not registered
1: Registered to other network
“smsfull“
“rssi“
A short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1) or memory
locations are available (0), i.e. range is (0-1)
Received signal (field) strength (0..5) or (99) if not measurable.
0: signal strength <= -112 dbm
1-4: signal strength in 15 dbm steps
5: signal strength >= -51 dbm
the signal strength is scaled to value range 0..31 by this command.
<state>(num)
0
[1](P)
Indicator is registered, indicator event report allowed.
Notes
•
•
•
Due to its restrictive range of values, there are events when it is not entirely clear from the context, which
event has led to the output of indicator "call". Rather than as an information in itself, indicator "call" should
therefore be used as a trigger to look up the new call status in the list of current calls with AT commands
If AT^SCFG setting <succ>="verbose", indicator "call" will be issued also when a traffic channel is estab-
lished, or when a call enters states "terminating" or "dropped" (see chapter Call Status Information).
In these cases, the relevant information about the cause of the display is available only from AT command
The indicator "sounder" signals every event a tone is generated in the ME. For instance, if a waiting call pro-
duces a tone, this will be indicated.
•
•
If the ME is switched on all indicators are in registered state.
Example
^SYSSTART
AT+CPIN=9999
OK
AT+CIND?
+CIND: 5,99,1,0,0,0,0,0,5
The battery is either full or no battery is connected to the ME. The bit
error rate of the signal quality is not available (since there is no call in
progress). The ME is registered to its home network.
OK
AT+CMER=2,0,0,2
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 68 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
mobile
+CIEV: battchg,5
+CIEV: signal,99
+CIEV: service,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: message,0
+CIEV: call,0
+CIEV: roam,0
+CIEV: smsfull,0
+CIEV: rssi,5
ATD0123456;
Receive with full signal field strength.
Make a call.
OK
+CIEV: sounder,1
+CIEV: call,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: call,0
NO CARRIER
The receiver hangs up.
AT+CIND=,,,0,,0
OK
Deregister the indicators "call" and "sounder".
Rebuild the same call.
ATD0123456;
OK
This time, no URCs are displayed.
NO CARRIER
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 69 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
mobile
3.3
AT^SIND Extended Indicator Control
•
•
•
•
•
offers several extra indicators,
gives the possibility to register or deregister the indicators of both commands,
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SIND=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SIND?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 70 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
mobile
Command Description
The read command provides a list of all indicators supported by AT+CINDand AT^SIND. Each indicator is rep-
resented with its registration mode and current value.
The write command can be used to select a single indicator in order to modify its registration and to view the
current value.
Parameter Description
<indValue>(num)
Integer type value in the range stated below for the corresponding <indDescr>
<indDescr>(str)
All indicators supported by AT+CINDare accessible with this command, too. A detailed description of these indi-
cators can be found there.
“audio“
Activity of the internal audio unit (0-1). Value 1 means for example:
Outgoing voice call: Indicator appears when dialing starts.
Incoming voice call: Indicator appears prior to the RING result code.
“vmwait1“
“vmwait2“
“ciphcall“
Voice message waiting indication for line 1, (0-1)
Voice message waiting indication for line 2, (0-1)
Ciphering Status Change Indication
As stated in GSM specifications 02.07 and 02.09 the ciphering indicator feature
allows the ME to detect that ciphering is not switched on and to indicate this to
the user.
The ciphering indicator feature may be disabled by the home network operator
setting data in the "administrative data" field (EFAD) in the SIM, as defined in
GSM 11.11.
If this feature is not disabled by the SIM, then whenever a connection is in
place, which is, or becomes unenciphered, an indication shall be given to the
user. This enables the user's decision how to proceed.
Read command returns valid ciphering status only if a call is in progress or
active.
If EFADsetting disables the ciphering indicator feature read command always
indicates a ciphered link and no URC presentaion will take place.
Note:
The following restrictions apply if the same serial channel is used for AT^SIND
"ciphcall" indication and for the action triggering this URC. In general, the rec-
ommended solution is to use a dedicated channel for all status signalling via
URCs.
•
URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the related "OK" and
indicate the ciphering state at this time. Because the SMS is already sent at
this time, you will get 2 URCs on this channel, but both are indicating that
ciphering is enabled.
•
call" URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the interface is
not longer blocked by the call (call is released or temporarily stopped) and
indicate the ciphering state at this time.
0 .. Current call or SMS is not ciphered.
1 .. Current call or SMS is ciphered.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 71 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
mobile
<Mode>(num)
0
Indicator is deregistered, i.e. no such indicator event report (URC) will be
issued.
1
Indicator is registered.
•
•
•
the MC55 is powered up.
2
Query the registration status and the current value of a single indicator type.
Note
•
Notes regarding indicator voice message waiting:
-
"vmwait1" and "vmwait2" indicate the receipt of a short message coded as Voice Message Waiting Indi-
cator, as defined by the CPHS Phase 2 standard. The service must be provisioned by the operator.
-
The presentation mode of the indicators varies with the operator: If more than one message is received,
some operators only indicate the first one, others deliver the indicator each time a new message is put into
the mail-box.
-
-
The "vmwait" indicators do not apply if a network provider signals, via standard SMS, a message in the
The numbers 1 or 2 in "vmwait1/2" are related to the two lines of the Alternate Line Service (ALS), also
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 72 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
3.4
AT+CEER Extended error report
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CEER=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CEER
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns an extended error report of the reason for the last
•
•
•
•
•
•
call release
failure to set up a call (both mobile originated or terminated)
failure to modify a call by using Supplementary Services
failed attempt to activate, register, query, deactivate or deregister a Supplementary Service
unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation
GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation
The release cause report is presented in numeric format. A description associated with each number can be
found in the tables given in the following subclauses. The first parameter <locationID>serves to locate the
other two parameters. Depending on the failure or release cause either <reason>or <ssRelease>are appli-
cable.
Parameter Description
<locationID>(num)
Location ID as number code. Location IDs are listed in subclause 3.4.1. Each ID is related with another table
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 73 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
<reason>(num)
Reason for last call release as number code. The number codes are listed in several tables, sorted by different
categories in the following subclauses. The tables can be found proceeding from the Location ID given in sub-
<ssRelease>(num)
Release cause for last Supplementary Service call (listed in subclause 3.4.9) or last call related use of a Sup-
Notes
•
•
Default output in the case of a no-error-situation is +CEER: 0,0,0.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATD"01751223344";
A mobile originated call is rejected by the remote party.
Call setup is terminated with NO CARRIER.
NO CARRIER
AT+CEER
To check the cause, the caller enters AT+CEER.
+CEER: 8,21,0
where 21 = "Call rejected". 0 = No error (parameter <ssRelease>
OK
is not applicable).
EXAMPLE 2
The user attempts to set up a multiparty call, though there are only two parties involved in the present con-
versation:
ATD"01751223344";
OK
AT+CHLD=2
OK
AT+CHLD=3
+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed
AT+CEER
+CEER: 22,0,2
where 2 = "Initial conditions not fulfilled (one active, one held call)".
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 74 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
EXAMPLE 3
The user attempts to activate call barring. Activation is denied by the network since the password is blocked
after previous failures to enter the password.
AT+clck=oi,1,"0000",3;
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
AT+CEER
+CEER: 35,0,43
where 43 = "NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation" (for example if wrong
password has been entered 3 times or more). 0 = No error (parameter
OK
3.4.1
Cause Location ID for the extended error report
ID
0
Description
No error (default)
1
SIEMENS L2 cause
2
GSM cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer (GSM 04.08 annex F)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR-SAP (GSM 04.08 annex G)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR-SAP
GSM cause for L3 Call Control (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
SIEMENS causefor L3 Call Control
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
32
33
34
35
SIEMENS cause for L3 Advice of Charge Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS RL Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS RL Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
SIEMENS cause for DSM Entity
GSM cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Entity
SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Manager
Network cause for Supplementary Services (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
Supplementary Services network error (GSM 04.80 3.6.6)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 75 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
ID
Description
48
GSM cause for GPRS Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G.6)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS Mobility Management
GSM cause for Session Management (GSM 04.08 annex I)
SIEMENS cause for Session Management
49
50
51
127
128
129
130
131
241
242
243
SIEMENS cause for protocol module or other local cause
Supplementary Services general problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services invoke problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services result problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services error problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS API
SIEMENS cause for Link Management
SIEMENS cause for Embedded Netcore (Internet Protocol Stack)
3.4.2
GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
Number
Description
0
Normal event
1
Abnormal release, unspecified
Abnormal release, channel unacceptable
Abnormal release, timer expired
Abnormal release, no activity on the radio path
Pre-emptive release
2
3
4
5
8
Handover impossible, timing advance out of range
Channel mode unacceptable
Frequency not implemented
9
10
65
95
96
97
98
100
101
111
Call already cleared
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message type not compatible with protocol state
Conditional information element error
No cell allocation available
Protocol error unspecified
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 76 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
3.4.3
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Racchs not answered
Racchs rejected
Access class of the SIM is barred by the network provider
SABM failure
Radio link counter expiry or PerformAbnormalRelease
Confirm ABORT of the MM
Respond to DEACT REQ
Loss of coverage
Reestablishment not possible
3.4.4
GSM release cause for Mobility Management (MM)
Number
Description
Causes related to MS identification
2
3
4
5
6
IMSI unknown in HLR
Illegal MS
IMSI unknown in VLR
IMEI not accepted
Illegal ME
Cause related to subscription options
11
12
13
PLMN not allowed
Location Area not allowed
Roaming not allowed in this location area
Causes related to PLMN specific network failures and congestion
17
22
Network failure
Congestion
Causes related to nature of request
32
33
34
38
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporarily out of order
Call cannot be identified
Causes related to invalid messages
95
96
97
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 77 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
98
Description
Message not compatible with protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Conditional information element error
Messages not compatible with protocol state
Protocol error, unspecified
99
100
101
111
Causes related GPRS
7
GPRS services not allowed
8
GPRS services not allowed in combination with non-GPRS services
MS identity cannot be identified by the network
Implicitly detached
9
10
14
16
GPRS services not allowed in current PLMN
MSC temporarily unreachable
3.4.5
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management (MM)
Number
1
Description
No SIM available
8
No MM connection
9
Authentification failure
11
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
MM performs detach
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a short term
CM connection establishment failed
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a long term
RR connection is released
MS tries to register
SPLMN is not available
An MTC is in progress
A PLMN scan is in progress
The MM is detached, the MS is in MS class C GPRS only
3.4.6
GSM release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Number
0
Description
No error
Normal class
1
Unassigned (unallocated) number
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 78 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
3
Description
No route to destination
Channel unacceptable
Operator determined barring
Normal call clearing
User busy
6
8
16
17
18
19
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
No user responding
User alerting, no answer
Call rejected
Number changed
Pre-emption
Non-selected user clearing
Destination out of order
Invalid number format (incomplete number)
Facility rejected
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
Normal, unspecified
Resource unavailable class
34
38
41
42
43
44
47
No circuit/channel available
Network out of order
Temporary failure
Switching equipment congestion
Access information discarded
Requested circuit/channel not available
Resource unavailable, unspecified
Service or option not available class
49
50
55
57
58
63
Quality of service unavailable
Requested facility not subscribed
Incoming calls barred within the CUG
Bearer capability not authorized
Bearer capability not presently available
Service or option not available, unspecified
Service or option not implemented
65
68
69
70
79
Bearer service not implemented
ACM equal or greater than ACMmax
Requested facility not implemented
Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
service or option not implemented, unspecified
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 79 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
Description
Invalid message (e.g. parameter out of range) class
81
87
88
91
95
Invalid transaction identifier value
User not member of CUG
Incompatible destination
Invalid transit network selection
Semantically incorrect message
Protocol error (e.g. unknown message) class
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existant or not implemented
Message type not comaptible with protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Conditional information element error
Message not compatible with protocol
Recovery on timer expiry
98
99
100
101
102
111
Protocol error, unspecified
Interworking class
127
Interworking, unspecified
3.4.7
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Call dropped
Service not available
Hold procedure not available
Temporary no service, previous procedure not yet finished
No speech service available
Call reestablishment procedure active
Mobile received a release (complete) message during a modify procedure (modify reject)
Call clearing, because loss of radio connection, if no reestablishment is allowed (call not
active)
10
Number not included in FDN list
Notifications
300
Called party barred incoming call
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 80 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
3.4.8
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Advice of Charge (AOC)
Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
SIM data not available
SIM does not support AOC
SIM data access error
ACM limit almost reached ACM range overflow
ACM range overflow
3.4.9
GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call
Number
0
Description
No error (default)
UnknownSubscriber
IllegalSubscriber
1
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
27
29
30
34
35
36
37
38
43
71
72
126
BearerServiceNotProvisioned
TeleserviceNotProvisioned
IllegalEquipment
CallBarred
CUGReject
IllegalSSOperation
SSErrorStatus
SSNotAvailable
SSSubscriptionViolation
SSIncompatibility
FacilityNotSupported
AbsentSubscriber
ShortTermDenial
LongTermDenial
SystemFailure
DataMissing
UnexpectedDataValue
PWRegistrationFailure
NegativePWCheck
NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation
UnknownAlphabet
USSDBusy
MaxNumsOfMPTYCallsExceeded
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 81 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
127
Description
ResourcesNotAvailable
General Problem Codes
300
301
302
Unrecognized Component
Mistyped Component
Badly Structured Component
Invoke Problem Codes
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
Duplicate Invoke ID
Unrecognized Operation
Mistyped Parameter
Resource Limitation
Initiating Release
Unrecognized Linked ID
Linked Response Unexpected
Unexpected Linked Operation
Return Result Problem Codes
311
312
313
Unrecognize Invoke ID
Return Result Unexpected
Mistyped Parameter
Return Error Problem Codes
314
315
316
317
318
Unrecognized Invoke ID
Return Error Unexpected
Unrecognized Error
Unexpected Error
Mistyped Parameter
3.4.10 SIEMENS release cause for Call-related Supplementary Services
(CRSS)
Number
Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
ECT procedure failed (timer expired)
Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to ECT request
Initial conditions not fulfilled (one active, one held call)
Received "return error"
Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to CCBS request
Initial conditions for CCBS not fulfilled (Idle CRSS)
Causes related to nature of request
25 LLC or SNDCP failure
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 82 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
26
Description
Insufficient resources
27
Unknown or missing access point name
Unknown PDP address or PDP type
User authentification failed
Activation rejected by GGSN
Activation rejected, unspecified
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporarily out of order
NSAPI already used
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Regular PDP context deactivation
QoS not accepted
37
38
Network failure
39
Reactivation requested
40
Feature not supported
Causes related to invalid messages
81
Invalid transaction identifier value
95
Semantically incorrect message
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existant or not implemented
Message type not comaptible with protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Conditional information element error
Message not compatible with protocol
Protocol error, unspecified
98
99
100
101
111
3.4.11 SIEMENS release cause for Session Management (SM)
Number
3
Description
The MS has not got any answer to the ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT request message sent five
times to the network
4
5
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another
MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another
MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated. The activation
request is rejected by the SM sending the cause 'insufficient resources' to the network
because the SM was not able to perform the necessary comparisons for a static PDP address
collision detection.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 83 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
mobile
Number
6
Description
A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another
MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated. As a static PDP
address collision with an MO activating PDP context has been detected by the SM the SM dis-
cards the activation request
7
A MT PDP context request has been indicated but could not be processed in time. The acti-
vation request is rejected by the SM sending the cause 'insufficient resources' to the network.
3.4.12 GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause
Number
2
Description
No detailed cause
3.4.13 SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API
Number
Description
0
Regular deactivation of the call
Action temporarily not allowed
Wrong connection type
Specified data service profile invalid
PDP type or address is unknown
Undefined
1
2
3
4
255
3.4.14 SIEMENS release cause for Embedded Netcore
Number
Description
0
Regular call deactivation
LCP stopped
1
255
Undefined
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 84 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.5 ATS18
s
mobile
3.5
ATS18 Extended call release report
Syntax
Read Command
ATS18?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS18=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This command enables or disables the presentation of extended call release reports for fax and data calls. The
call release report is presented in numeric format and includes the following parameters:
+CAUSE: <locationID>
,
If enabled the message will be reported every time a fax or data call is released or fails to be established.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
An odd number enables the presentation of the extended call release report. An even number disables this fea-
ture.
0(&F)...255
<locationID>(num)
Location ID as number code (see also <locationID>of AT+CEER). Location IDs are listed in section 3.4.1.
<reason>(num)
associated descriptions are listed in several tables, sorted by different categories in Chapter AT+CEER. The
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 85 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.5 ATS18
s
mobile
Note
•
The command applies only to circuit switched data and fax calls. For voice calls extended call release reports
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATS18=1
OK
Enables the presentation of extended call release reports.
ATD03012345678
Now, a mobile originated data call fails.
+CAUSE: 8:17
BUSY
An extended error report is output, followed by the result code BUSY.
17 = "User busy".
EXAMPLE 2
ATS18=1
Enables the presentation of extended call release reports.
Now, a mobile originated data call is set up.
OK
ATD03012345678
CONNECT 9600/RLP
Hello,....
+++
Call ends after remote party hung up.
+CAUSE: 8:16
Normal call release is reported, followed by the result code NO CAR-
RIER.
NO CARRIER
16 = "Normal call clearing".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 86 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.6 AT+CPAS
s
mobile
3.6
AT+CPAS Mobile equipment activity status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPAS=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CPAS
Response(s)
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns the activity status of ME.
Parameter Description
<pas>(num)
0
3
4
ready
incoming call (ringing)
call in progress or call hold
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 87 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
3.7 AT+WS46
s
mobile
3.7
AT+WS46 Select wireless network
Syntax
Test Command
AT+WS46=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+WS46?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
12
GSM digital cellular
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 88 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4. Serial Interface Control Commands
s
mobile
4.
Serial Interface Control Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various settings related
to the MC55's serial interface.
4.1
AT\Q Flowcontrol
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
disable flow control
1
2
3
XON/XOFF software flow control
only CTS by DCE
RTS/CTS hardware flow control
Recommended for the following procedures: incoming or outgoing data calls,
fax calls, MUX mode.
Often, the initialization routine of Fax programs includes enabling RTS/CTS
Notes
•
When using XON/XOFF flow control (AT\Q1) in online mode, +++should not be used while the data trans-
mission is paused with XOFF. Before entering the command mode with +++the paused transmission should
be resumed using the XON character.
•
For compatibility reasons, the AT\Qcommand can be used in Multiplex mode, though the settings will not
take effect. However, be aware that whenever you use the AT\Qwrite command in Multiplex mode and then
save the current configuration to the user profile with AT&W, the changed AT\Qsetting will become active after
restart.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 89 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.2 AT&C
s
mobile
4.2
AT&C Set circuit Data Carrier Detect (DCD) function mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109(DCD) relates to the detection of received line signal from
the distant end.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
DCD line is always ON
1(&F)
DCD line is ON in the presence of data carrier only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 90 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.3 AT&D
s
mobile
4.3
AT&D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit 108/2 (DTR) is changed from ON to OFF during
data mode.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1
TA ignores status of DTR.
ON->OFF on DTR: Change to command mode while retaining the connected
call.
2(&F)
ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect data call, change to command mode. During
state DTR = OFF is auto-answer off.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 91 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.4 AT&S
s
mobile
4.4
AT&S Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter determines how the TA sets circuit 107 (DSR) depending on the communication state of the TA
interfacing TE.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DSR line is always ON
1
TA in command mode: DSR is OFF.
TA in data mode: DSR is ON.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 92 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.5 ATE
s
mobile
4.5
ATE Enable command echo
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes characters received from TE during command state.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1(&F)
Echo mode off
Echo mode on
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 93 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.6 AT+ILRR
s
mobile
4.6
AT+ILRR Set TE-TA local rate reporting
The command AT+ILRRcontrols whether or not the intermediate result code "+ILRR" is transmitted from the
DCE to the DTE.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+ILRR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+ILRR?
Response(s)
+ILRR: <value>
OK
Write Command
AT+ILRR=<value>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Intermediate Result Code
+ILRR: <rate>
Indicates port rate setting on connection.
Command Description
The write command determines whether or not an intermediate result code of local rate is reported at connection
setup. The rate is reported before the final result code of the connection is transmitted to the TE.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 94 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.6 AT+ILRR
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Disables reporting of local port rate
Enables reporting of local port rate
1
<rate>(num)
port rate setting on connection (bps)
0
Not supported on ASC1.
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 95 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.7 AT+IPR
s
mobile
4.7
AT+IPR Set fixed local rate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IPR?
Response(s)
+IPR: <rate>
OK
Write Command
AT+IPR=<rate>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
C
C
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
The test command returns the values of the supported automatically detectable bitrates and the values of the
supported fixed-bitrates.
The read command returns the current bitrate of the interface.
The write command specifies the bitrate to be used for the interface. When you set a fixed-rate, make sure that
both DTE (TE) and DCE (TA) are configured to the same rate. When you select autobauding, the DCE will auto-
matically recognize the bitrate currently used by the DTE.
A selected bitrate takes effect following the issue of any result code associated with this command (e.g. OK).
The setting is stored in the non-volatile memory and will be used whenever the engine is powered up again. How-
ever, in case of autobaud mode (AT+IPR=0) the detected DCE bitrate will not saved and, therefore, will resyn-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 96 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.7 AT+IPR
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<rate>(num)(&V)
bitrate per second (bps)
0
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
Notes
•
•
•
The current setting of AT+IPRwill be preserved when you download firmware (i.e. a firmware update does
not restore the factory setting) or in the event of power failure.
Generally, AT+IPRshould be used as a standalone command. If nethertheless combinations with other com-
mands on the same command line cannot be avoided, there are several constraints to be considered:
-
-
Avoid combinations with other AT commands.
Take into account, that a delay of 100ms is required between the response to the last command (e.g. OK)
and the next command on the same line.
-
-
received.
following problem: if switching to the new bitrate takes effect while a response is being transmitted, the
last bytes may be sent with the new bitrate and thus, not properly transmitted. The following commands
will be correctly sent at the new bitrate.
•
•
In order to account for greater ammounts of data it is recommended to choose a minimum bitrate of 2400 bps.
If the ME is operated in Multiplex mode we suggest a minimum bitrate of 4800bps.
When you run the multiplex mode, the write command AT+IPR=<rate>won't change the current bitrate but
the new bitrate will be stored and becomes active, when the module is restarted.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 97 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.7 AT+IPR
s
mobile
4.7.1
Autobauding
To take advantage of autobaud mode specific attention must be paid to the following requirements:
•
Synchronization between DTE and DCE
Ensure that DTE and DCE are correctly synchronized and the bitrate used by the DTE is detected by the DCE
(ME). To allow the bitrate to be synchronized simply use an "AT" or "at" string. This is necessary
-
-
after you have activated autobauding
when you start up the GSM engine while autobauding is enabled. It is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds
before sending the first AT character. Otherwise undefined characters might be returned.
•
Autobauding and autoanswer mode
If you want to use autobauding and autoanswer at the same time, you can easily enable the DTE-DCE syn-
chronization, when you activate autobauding first and then configure the autoanswer mode (ATS0not equal
to 0).
The most recently detected baudrate cannot be stored when the GSM engine is powered down. After restart,
the ME will therefore use 57600bps by default, until the first AT character was transmitted and the baudrate
was correctly detected (e.g. to send URCs). This should be taken into account when ATS0is stored to the
•
Restrictions on autobauding operation
-
-
-
-
The serial interface has to be operated at 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit (this is the factory setting).
Only the strings "AT" or "at" can be detected (neither "At" nor "aT").
The URCs "^SYSSTART", "^SYSSTART ALARM MODE" and "^SYSSTART CHARGE-ONLY MODE" are
not indicated when you start up the ME while autobauding is enabled. This is due to the fact that the new
bitrate is not detected unless DTE and DCE are correctly synchronized as described above.
-
-
Any other URC that may be issued before the ME detects the new bitrate (by receiving the first AT com-
mand string) will be sent at the previous bitrate (57600bps after power up).
It is not recommended to switch to autobauding from a bitrate that cannot be detected by the the autobaud
rupted.
-
When entering several AT commands on the same line, consider the requirements described above.
•
•
Autobauding and bitrate after restart
The most recently detected bitrate cannot be stored when the ME is powered down (with AT^SMSO). There-
fore, the ME will use 57600 bps by default, until the first AT character was transmitted and the bitrate was
correctly detected.
For example, URCs generated after restart will be output with 57600 bps. The same applies to auto-answer
calls if SIM PIN1 authentication is done automatically and autoanswer mode (see ATS0) is enabled in the user
Autobauding and multiplex mode
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 98 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+CMUX
s
mobile
4.8
AT+CMUX Enter multiplex mode
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMUX=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUX?
Response(s)
+CMUX: <mode>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CMUX=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07, GSM 07.10
Command Description
All information provided in this chapter applies to the ASC0 interface only. The second interface ASC1 has no
support of Multiplex mode.
Multiplex mode according to the ETSI TS 101 669 and GSM 07.10 enables one physical serial asynchronous
interface to be partitioned into three virtual channels. This allows you to take advantage of up to 3 simultaneous
sessions running on the serial interface. For example, you can send or receive data or make a call on the first
channel, while the other two channels are free to control the module with AT commands.
The MC55 module incorporates an internal multiplexer and thus integrates all the functions needed to implement
full-featured multiplex solutions. For the application on top, customers have the flexibility to create their own mul-
tiplex programs conforming to the multiplexer protocol. To help system integrators save the time and expense of
designing multiplexer applications, SIEMENS AG offers WinMUX2k, a ready-to-use multiplex driver for Windows
2000 and Windows XP. Another approach is to develop customized solutions based on the sources of the
WinMux2k driver.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 99 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+CMUX
s
mobile
Refer to [5] which provides a detailed description of the multiplex architecture and step-by-step instructions of
how to install and configure the multiplex mode. The WinMUX2k driver and its source files can be supplied on
request. Please contact your local distributor to obtain the latest installation software and user's guide.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Multiplexer transparency mechanism
0
Basic option
<subset>(num)
Subparameters defined in GSM07.07 are adjusted for control and logical channels as follows
0
UIH frames used only (control channel)
Notes
•
The write command is used to enter the multiplex mode. The setup of the logical channels is initiated by the
TE, i.e. the TE acts as initiator. This means that the TE shall ensure that logical channels are established
before any further actions on the channels can be started.
•
•
There is a timeout of five seconds, if the multiplexer protocol is enabled and no multiplexer control channel is
established. The GSM engine returns to AT command mode.
All other parameters are not available.
4.8.1
Restrictions on Multiplex mode
When the serial interface ASC0 is in multiplex mode, data and fax calls can only be set up on logical channel 1.
Due to this restriction, AT commands have a different behavior on channels 2+3 compared to channel 1. Several
commands are not available, others return different responses. This chapter summarizes the concerned com-
Table 4.1: Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels
Command
Behavior on channel 1
not usable, but see note 2)
as described
Behavior on channel 2+3
not usable, but see note 2)
not usable
as described
not usable
AT+CG... (GPRS commands)
as described
see note 3)
AT+F... (Fax commands)
as described
not usable
as described
not usable
as described
no Data Calls
no Data Calls
not usable
as described
as described
as described
not usable
as described
not usable
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 100 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+CMUX
s
mobile
Command
Behavior on channel 1
as described
Behavior on channel 2+3
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
1) Siemens GSM engines support the registers S0 - S29. You can change S0,S3,S4,S5,S6,S7,S8,S10 and S18 using the
related ATSn commands (see starting from ATS0). The other registers are read-only and for internal use only!
2) The applicability of the +++escape sequence depends on the customer's external application based on the Mulitplexer
Protocol. Recommendations for implementing an appropriate modem status command (MSC) are provided in [5], Chapter
"Escape Sequence".
3) PDP contexts can be defined on any channel, but are visible and usable only on the channel on which they are defined
(thus it is not possible to define a context on channel 2 and activate it on channel 3). GPRS connections can be estab-
lished on two channels at a time.
Table 4.2: Summary of AT commands with Different Behavior in Multiplex Mode
Command
Description
Different default configurations on channels 1, 2 and 3.
Different user profiles can be stored on each channel.
Before you start Multiplex mode, it is recommended to set the ME to 57600 bps
(minimum should be 4800 bps). For GPRS we suggest to use 115200 bps or
230400 bps.
currently used, but the new bit rate will be stored and becomes active, when the
module is restarted.
AT+IPR=0
Multiplex mode cannot be activated while autobauding is enabled.
channels overwrites the time setting on all remaining channels. Therefore, the total
<n>=0, no matter whether individual text messages are stored.
When the alarm is timed out and executed the ME sends the URC only on the
channel where the most recent alarm setting was made. The alarm time will be
reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00" on all channels.
Presentation mode can be separately configured for each channel.
If Multiplex mode is activated the +CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan-
nels, if one channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required
time.
Phase 2+ parameters can only be used on one channel. The parameter for <mt>
Report is not acknowledged, all +CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan-
nels.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 101 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+CMUX
s
mobile
Command
Description
If the ME is in Multiplexer mode, it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode
(PSC)".
4.8.2
Second serial interface ASC1
The second serial interface ASC1 is intended as an auxiliary interface for applications which need multiple par-
allel access to the module (e.g. to query status information during a data call), but cannot use the GSM 07.10
multiplexing protocol. Therefore this interface offers limited functionality only.
•
No DTR, DSR, DCD, RING signals. These hardware lines do not exist. As a result, AT commands controlling
•
No Autobauding. The hardware is not capable of automatically detecting the baudrate on this interface, so
•
•
•
No CSD calls, so all related AT commands cannot be used and return ERROR.
No fax calls, so all AT+F commands cannot be used and return ERROR.
ASC1 is disabled when the multiplexer is enabled on the first serial interface ASC0. Yet, both ASC1 and the mul-
tiplexer channel 2 are using the same parameters, and thus, the same user defined profile (if any). As a result,
a user profile stored on multiplexer channel 2 takes effect on ASC1 after closing the multiplexer and starting up
ASC1. Likewise, a user profile stored on ASC1 will be loaded on multiplexer channel 2.
This may be a problem when ASC1 is not connected, but flow control (for example AT\Q1 or AT\Q3) is stored to
the user profile on the multiplexer channel 2. In this case, flow control takes effect on ASC1, when the multiplexer
is switched off. If then for example a large amount of URCs is generated, their transmission might be stopped
due to the flow control. To avoid this problem we recommend that you do not activate flow control on multiplexer
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 102 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5. Security Commands
s
mobile
5.
Security Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various security related
settings.
5.1
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN?
Response(s)
+CPIN: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not a password is required.
The write command lets the ME store the entered password. This may be for example the SIM PIN1 to register
to the GSM network, or the SIM PUK1 to replace a disabled PIN with a new one, or the PH-SIM PIN if the client
has taken precautions for preventing damage in the event of loss or theft etc. See above for the list of passwords.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 103 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
mobile
If no PIN request is pending (for example if PIN authentication has been done and the same PIN is entered again)
ME responds +CME ERROR: operation not allowed. No action is required from your part.
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN1.
If the requested password was a PUK, such as SIM PUK1 or PH-SIM PUK or PH-FSIM PUK or another pass-
<new pin>(text)
if the requested code was a PUK: specify a new password or restore the former disabled password. See 5.1.1
for more information about when you may need to enter the PUK.
<code>(text)
SIM PIN authentication
READY
SIM PIN
SIM PUK
PIN has already been entered. No further entry needed.
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to
enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2, when the attempt to access PIN2 requiring features was
acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17 (e.g. if client attempts to edit the FD
phonebook). This is only applicable if the AT+CPIN read command also
prompts for SIM PIN2. Normally, the AT+CPIN2 command is intended for SIM
PIN2.
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2. Necessary if preceding
command was acknowledged with error +CME ERROR:18 and only if the
AT+CPIN read command also prompts for SIM PUK2. Normally, the
AT+CPIN2 command is intended for SIM PUK2.
Phone security locks set by client or factory
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password if "PS" lock is active and user
inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock. ("PS" lock is also referred
to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
PH-FSIM PIN
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the above "PS" lock password was
incorrectly en-tered three times.
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card. Necessary when "PF" lock was
set. When powered up the first time, ME locks itself to the first SIM card put into
the card holder. As a result, operation of the mobile is restricted to this one SIM
card (unless the PH-FSIM PUK is used as described below).
PH-FSIM PUK
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card unblocking password to be
given. Necessary when "PF" lock is active and other than first SIM card is
inserted.
PH-NET PIN
PH-NET PUK
PH-NS PIN
PH-NS PUK
PH-SP PIN
ME is waiting for network personalisation password
ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password
ME is waiting for network subset personalisation password
ME is waiting for network subset unblocking password
ME is waiting for service provider personalisation password
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 104 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
mobile
PH-SP PUK
PH-C PIN
ME is waiting for service provider personalisation unblocking password
ME is waiting for corporate personalisation password
PH-C PUK
ME is waiting for corprorate personalisation un-blocking password
Notes
•
Caution: After entering a password with AT+CPINall other commands that need access to data on the SIM
card may be blocked for up to 20 seconds!
•
Successful PIN authentication only confirms that the entered PIN was recognized and correct. The output of
the result code OK does not necessarily imply that the mobile is registered to the desired network.
Typical example: PIN was entered and accepted with OK, but the ME fails to register to the network. This may
due to missing network coverage, denied network access with currently used SIM card, no valid roaming
agreement between home network and currently available operators etc.
ME offers various options to verify the present status of network registration: For example, the AT+COPScom-
mand indicates the currently used network. With AT+CREGyou can also check the current status and activate
an unsolicited result code which appears whenever the status of the network registration changes (e.g. when
the ME is powered up, or when the network cell changes).
•
Wait 10 seconds after PIN input before using SMS related commands.
•
•
•
5.1.1
What to do if PIN or password authentication fails?
PIN1 / PUK1:
After three failures to enter PIN 1, the SIM card is blocked (except for emergency calls). +CME ERROR: 12 will
prompt the client to unblock the SIM card by entering the associated PUK (= PIN Unblocking Key / Personal
Unblocking Key). After ten failed attempts to enter the PUK, the SIM card will be invalidated and no longer oper-
able. In such a case, the card needs to be replaced. PIN1 consists of 4 to 8 digits, PUK1 is an 8-digit code only.
To unblock a disabled PIN1 you have two options:
•
•
PIN2 / PUK2:
PIN2 prevents unauthorized access to the features listed in AT+CPIN2. The handling of PIN2 varies with the pro-
vider. PIN2 may either be a specific code supplied along with an associated PUK2, or a default code such as
0000. In either case, the client is advised to replace it with an individual code. Incorrect input of PUK2 will per-
manently block the additional features subject to PIN2 authentification, but usually has no effect on PIN1. PIN2
consists of 4 digits, PUK2 is an 8-digit code only.
To unblock a disabled PIN2 you have two options:
•
•
Phone lock:
If the mobile was locked to a specific SIM card (= "PS" lock or phone lock), the PUK that came with the SIM card
cannot be used to remove the lock. After three failed attempts to enter the correct password, ME returns +CPIN:
PH-SIM PUK (= response to read command AT+CPIN?), i.e. it is now waiting for the Master Phone Code. This
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 105 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
mobile
is an 8-digit device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by obtained from the man-
ufacturer or provider. When needed, contact Siemens AG and request the Master Phone Code of the specific
module.
There are two ways to enter the Master Phone code:
•
•
Usually, the Master Phone Code will be supplied by mail or e-mail. If the received number is enclosed in the *#
codes typically used for the ATD option, it is important to crop the preceding *#0003* characters and the
appended #.
Example: You may be given the string *#0003*12345678#. When prompted for the PH-SIM PUK simply enter
12345678.
If incorrectly input, the Master Phone Code is governed by a specific timing algorithm: (n-1)*256 seconds (see
table below). The timing should be considered by system integrators when designing an individual MMI.
Number of failed attempts
1st failed attempt
Time to wait before next input is allowed
No time to wait
2nd failed attempt
4 seconds
3rd failed attempt
3 * 256 seconds
4th failed attempt
4 * 256 seconds
5th failed attempt
5 * 256 seconds
6th failed attempt and so forth
6 * 256 seconds and so forth
SIM locks:
These are factory set locks, such as "PF", "PN", "PU", "PP", "PC". An 8-digit unlocking code is required to operate
the mobile with a different SIM card, or to lift the lock. The code can only be obtained from the provider.
Failure to enter the password is subject to the same timing algorithm as the Master Phone Code (see Table
above).
Call barring:
Supported modes are "AO", "OI", "OX", "AI", "IR", "AB", "AG", "AC". If the call barring password is entered incor-
rectly three times, the client will need to contact the service provider to obtain a new one.
Summary of related chapters:
Related +CME errors are listed in 2.11.1. For further instructions and examples see AT+CLCK, AT^SLCK,
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 106 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.2 AT+CPIN2
s
mobile
5.2
AT+CPIN2 Enter PIN2
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN2=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN2?
Response(s)
+CPIN2: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some password is required or not.
The write command lets the ME store the entered password. This may be for example the SIM PIN2 to benefit
from the features listed below, or the SIM PUK2 to replace a disabled PIN2 with a new one. Note that PIN2 can
only be entered if PIN1 authentication was done.
If the ME is requesting SIM PUK2, use <pin>to enter the PUK2, followed by <new pin>to specify your new
PIN2.
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN2 or, if requested, SIM PUK2.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 107 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.2 AT+CPIN2
s
mobile
<new pin>(str)
If the requested code was SIM PUK2: new password (PIN2).
<code>(text)
READY
ME is not pending for any password.
ME is waiting for SIM PIN2.
SIM PIN2
or has failed (+CME ERROR:17).
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for SIM PUK2.
pending for SIM PUK2 (i.e. +CME ERROR:18).
Note
•
Functions accessible only after PIN2 authentication:
AT+CACM: Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
AT+CAMM: Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query
AT+CLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phonebook)
AT^SLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phonebook)
AT+CPWD: Change "P2"password
AT^SPWD: Change "P2"password
AT+CPUC: Price per unit and currency table
AT+CPIN2: Enter SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK2 if requested.
For example, SIM PIN2 will be needed when you attempt to edit the "FD" phonebook and ME returns +CME
Error 17 or +CPIN: SIM PIN2.
300s, a repetition of the authentication process is required (PIN2 authentication code changes from READY
to SIM PIN2).
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To change PIN2:
AT+CPWD="P2","0000","8888"
OK
(where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888" = new PIN2)
EXAMPLE 2
To unblock a disabled PIN2:
AT+CPIN2?
+CPIN2: SIM PUK2
OK
PIN2 has been disabled, PUK2 must be entered
to define a new PIN2
AT+CPIN2=12345678,8888
where "12345678" is the PUK2, and "8888" the new
PIN2.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 108 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.2 AT+CPIN2
s
mobile
EXAMPLE 3
To write to "FD" phonebook:
AT+CPBS="FD"
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+493012345678",145,"Charly"
+CME ERROR 17
access denied due to missing PIN2 authentication
AT+CPIN2=8888
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+493012345678",145,"Charly"
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 109 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
mobile
5.3
AT^SPIC Display PIN counter
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPIC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SPIC?
Response(s)
^SPIC: <code>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SPIC
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
Write Command
AT^SPIC=<facility>
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The read command returns an identification of the currently required password, e.g. the PIN, PUK, PH-SIM PUK
etc. The <counter>returned by the execute command refers to this password. In case there is no currently
nevertheless identifies the password to which the execute command response refers.
The execute command returns the number of attempts still available for entering the currently required password,
e.g. the PIN, PUK, PH-SIM PUK etc. To check whether or not you need to enter a password usecommands
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 110 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
mobile
If the responses to "AT+CPIN?" and "AT+CPIN2?" both read "READY", there is no currently required password,
and the referrer of the execute command "AT^SPIC" is explicitly undefined.
In these cases, the read command "AT^SPIC?" may be used to determine, which password the response of the
execute command actually refers to. Also, the write command may be used in order to retrieve the counter for a
specific password.
The write command returns the number of attempts still available for entering the password identified by
<facility>, e.g. the PIN, PIN 2, PH-SIM PIN etc.
Parameter Description
<counter>(num)
Number of attempts for the currently required password. This number will be counted down after each failure.
<facility>(str)
password for which the corresponding PIN counter is to be displayed .
“SC“
SIM PIN or SIM PUK. If the SIM PIN has been deactivated after three failed
attempts, the counter for SIM PUK will be returned instead.
“PS“
entered three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock and the
number of remaining attempts for the master phonecode will be returned.
“P2“
SIM PIN 2 or SIM PUK 2. If the SIM PIN 2 has been deactivated after three
failed attempts, the counter for SIM PUK 2 will be returned instead.
“PN“
Network Personalisation
<code>(text)
Identification of the currently required password.
SIM PIN
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
SIM PUK
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to
enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2, when the attempt to access PIN2 requiring features was
acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17 (e.g. if client attempts to edit the FD
phonebook).
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2. Necessary if preceding
command was acknowledged with error +CME ERROR:18.
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password if ''PS'' lock is active and user
inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock. (''PS'' lock is also referred
to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the above ''PS'' lock password was
incorrectly entered three times.
PH-NET PIN
PH-NET PUK
ME is waiting for network personalisation password
ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password
Notes
•
Whenever the required password changes, <counter>changes to reflect that change. Please refer to the
examples below.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 111 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
mobile
•
If the responses to "AT+CPIN?" and "AT+CPIN2?" both read "READY", there is no currently required pass-
word, and the referrer of the execute command "AT^SPIC" is explicitly undefined.
In these cases, the read command "AT^SPIC?" may be used to determine, which password the response of
the execute command actually refers to. Also, the write command may be used in order to retrieve the counter
for a specific password.
•
•
For passwords associated to the phone lock (''PS'' lock set by client or factory) or other factory set locks, such
as ''PF'', ''PN'', ''PU'', ''PP'', ''PC'' the number of attempts is subject to a timing algorithm explained in
AT+CPIN. If these passwords are incorrectly entered the counter first returns 3, 2 and 1 remaining attempt(s),
but then gives the total number of attempts which amounts to 63 (see example below).
passwords.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
The client fails to provide a correct SIM PIN three times The counter decreases each time. After the counter
reaches zero, the SIM PUK is required. After failure to enter a correct SIM PUK, the counter decreases.
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
(currently required password is PIN1)
(3 attempts left)
at^spic
^SPIC: 3
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 2
(2 attempts left)
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
OK
at^spic
^SPIC: 1
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
OK
(now required password is PUK 1)
(10 attempts left for PUK 1)
at^spic
^SPIC: 10
OK
at+cpin=01234567,1234
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 112 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
mobile
at^spic
^SPIC: 9
OK
(9 attempts left for PUK 1)
EXAMPLE 2
Though a mobile is locked to a specific SIM card (phone lock), the client attempts to operate it with another
SIM card. The client correctly enters the SIM PIN of the SIM card currently inserted, but then fails to give the
''PS'' lock password (PH-SIM PUK):
at+cpin=9999
OK
at+cpin?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
OK
ME is waiting for the phone lock password
at^spic
^SPIC: 3
OK
at+cpin=4711
+CME ERROR: PH-SIM PIN required
at+cpin=4712
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 1
OK
at^spic?
^SPIC: PH-SIM PIN
The counter displayed refers to the phone lock pass-
word
OK
at+cpin=4713
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 63
OK
at^spic?
^SPIC: PH-SIM PUK
The counter displayed refers to the master phone
code
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 113 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
mobile
at+cpin=4714
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 63
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 114 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
5.4
AT+CLCK Facility lock
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCK=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[+CLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07,
GSM 02.04,
GSM 02.88,
GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
Use this command to lock, unlock or interrogate a network or ME <facility>. The command can be aborted
when network facilities are being set or interrogated.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 115 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, "SC", "PS" and "FD" can be configured individually.
"PS" may also be factory set.
See examples below for further details.
“SC“
“PS“
SIM (lock SIM cards). SIM requests password upon ME power-up and when
this lock command is issued.
<password>: SIM PIN1.
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password when other than current SIM
card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or "device lock". Accord-
ingly, the password may be called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card. If incorrectly entered
three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock. This is an 8-digit
device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by
obtained from the manufacturer of the module. Once the Master Phone Code
has been acctepted, the mobile is operational, and the "PS" lock is no longer
active. If needed it must be set once again.
<password>: User defined password. It is needed before the first use of
AT^SPWD, if it has not been predefined by factory settings. If set by factory (e.g.
for a prepaid mobile), the password is supplied by the provider or operator.
“FD“
SIM fixed dialling memory: If the mobile is locked to "FD", only the phone num-
bers stored to the "FD" memory can be dialled. (Capacity of FD phonebook
depending on the SIM card).
<password>: SIM PIN 2.
If a lock on the SIM fixed dialing memory is active, the following applies:
•
Outgoing voice, data or fax calls can be made only to numbers stored in
''FD'' phonebook.
Result code depends on the type of the call:
for voice calls, indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
for data and fax calls, indication is ''NO CARRIER''.
•
Access to defined Supplementary Services such as Call barring, Call wait-
ing, Call forwarding, Call hold and Multiparty is possible only if the exact cor-
responding public MMI *# code for the desired service is stored in the fixed
dialing number phone book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for supplementary service control are barred while "FD" lock
is active.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
•
Access to Unstructured Supplementary Services (''USSD'') is possible only
if the exact desired USSD string is stored in the fixed dialling number phone
book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for USSD are barred while "FD" lock is active.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
•
•
SMS can be sent only to phone numbers which are stored in the ''fixed dial-
ling numbers'' phonebook ''FD''.
Indication is ''+CMS Error 302: operation not allowed''.
GPRS commands can be used only if the ''fixed dialling numbers'' phone-
book ''FD'' contains an entry with phone number ''*99#''. This single entry
enables all GPRS commands, including AT commands and modem com-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 116 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
patibility commands like ''ATD*99***1#'' or ''ATD*98***1#''.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks, used to restrict the operation of
a mobile to a specific provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be
unlocked if the associated password is available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards
from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card. Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will
prompt the client to enter a specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually an 8-digit code which
needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned, e.g.
provider, operator, distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side. For details contact
your local dealer or Siemens AG.
“PF“
“PN“
“PU“
“PP“
“PC“
lock Phone to the very First SIM card
Network Personalisation
Network subset Personalisation
Service Provider Personalisation
Corporate Personalisation
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the
network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network. To benefit from call barring the client will
need to subscribe them, though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack-
age.
When you attempt to set a <facility>or <class>which is not provisioned, not yet subscribed to, or not sup-
ported by the module, the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these
cases vary with the network (for example "OK", "+CME ERROR: Operation not allowed", "+CME ERROR: Oper-
ation not supported" etc.). To make sure check the extended error response with AT+CEERand the lock status
<password>: Network password supplied from the provider or operator. Usually there is one password which
applies to all call barring options. For details contact your provider.
“AO“
“OI“
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
“OX“
“AI“
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
“IR“
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
“AB“
“AG“
“AC“
<mode>(num)
0
1
2
unlock
lock
query status
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 117 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
<status>(num)
0
1
lock is inactive
lock is active
<password>(str)
Password string used to lock and to unlock a <facility>. Length and authority for passwords depend on the
<facility>in question and are therefore listed in the section on parameter <facility>. Passwords can be
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04".
1
2
voice
class 2 ("data") comprises all those individual data classes between 16 and
128, that are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting
made for class 2 applies to all individual data classes (if supported). In addition,
you can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can acti-
vate Call Forwarding for all data classes, but deactivate it for data class 64,
"dedicated packet access".
4
fax
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
data circuit async
dedicated packet access
dedicated PAD access
32
64
128
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes.
For example, the default setting 7 represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and
4 (voice, data and fax).
The value 255 covers all classes.
If parameter "class" is omitted, the default value 7 is used.
Notes
•
However, when you attempt to use a service option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to, the set-
ting will not take effect regardless of the response returned.
The responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation
not supported" etc.). To make sure check the extended error response with AT+CEERand the lock status with
<mode>=2.
•
•
actual applicability of a desired Call barring service to a specific service or service group (a specific <class>
value) please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
If an outgoing Fax or Data Call is rejected due to an active ''call barring'' supplementary service, the call will
be terminated with result code NO CARRIER.
Under the same conditions, an outgoing Voice call will be terminated with result code NO DIALTONE.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 118 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"9999"
OK
The "SC" parameter enables or disables the SIM PIN
authentication (PIN 1) when you power up the GSM
engine
SIM card locked. As a result, SIM PIN 1 must be
entered to enable ME to register to the GSM net-
work.
AT+CLCK="SC",0,"9999"
OK
Unlocks SIM card.
When powered up, ME registers to the GSM network
without requesting SIM PIN1.
Note: Depending on the services offered by the pro-
vider, this feature is not supported by all SIM card
types. If so, the command returns ERROR when you
attempt to unlock the card.
To query the status of the SIM card lock:
AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 1
Query the status of SIM card lock.
SIM card is locked. SIM PIN1 must be entered to
enable ME to register to the GSM network.
OK
EXAMPLE 2
AT+CPIN?
OK
Make sure that PIN1 authentication is valid.
AT+CPWD="PS",,"1234"
If "PS" lock has not been set before: enter new pass-
word.
OK
Optionally, if "PS" password was defined before, change existing password:
AT+CPWD="PS","1234","3333"
To replace existing "PS" password: Enter old and
new password.
OK
Then, activate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",1,"3333"
OK
Locks the mobile to the current SIM card.
To operate the mobile with the SIM card for which "PS" lock was activated:
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="9999"
OK
No additional password is required for operation
(SIM recognized by mobile).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 119 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
mobile
To operate the mobile with other SIM card than the one used for the "PS" lock:
Enter SIM PIN of present card, followed by "PS" lock password.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="1111"
OK
PIN authentication accepted.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
"PS" lock password is required.
OK
AT+CPIN="3333"
OK
"PS" Lock password has been accepted. ME is fully
operational now.
To deactivate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",0,"3333"
OK
Phone Lock password has to be provided again.
Now the mobile can be used with any SIM card, with-
out the need of the phone lock password.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 120 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.5 AT^SLCK
s
mobile
5.5
AT^SLCK Facility lock
AT command AT^SLCKprovides the "Facility lock" function as described for AT command AT+CLCKdefined in
GSM 07.07.
It is identical in every respect to AT+CLCK, except that the command syntax and response prefix is "^SLCK"
instead of "+CLCK".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCK=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[^SLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS,
GSM 07.07,
GSM 02.04,
GSM 02.88, GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
Use this command to lock, unlock or interrogate a network or ME <facility>. The command can be aborted
when network facilities are being set or interrogated.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 121 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
mobile
5.6
AT+CPWD Change Password
Use this command when you want to change the passwords defined for the "facility lock" functions available from
AT+CLCK. A password consists of a string of numeric digits with a length in the range specified by <password
Specifically the command can be used to
•
•
•
•
change PIN1 or PIN2,
change the password supplied from your provider for the "call barring" supplementary service,
set individual phone security passwords,
enter the unblocking key (Master Phone Code) to restore a disabled "PS" password.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
New password has been registered for the facility lock function.
OK
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
+CME ERROR ...
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the
associated password.
The write command allows to define a new password for a password protected <facility>lock function. Each
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 122 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory:
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, passwords "SC" (SIM PIN) and "P2" (SIM PIN2) are
usually predefined, but can be configured individually. The password for lock facility "PS" may also be factory
set.
“SC“
SIM PIN. SIM requests password upon ME power-up and when this lock com-
mand is issued.
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK is required to perform authen-
tication. Input of the SIM PUK password is possible only with AT command
<password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
“PS“
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password when other than current SIM
card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or "device lock". Accord-
ingly, the password may be called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card. It must be defined
<password length>: 4 digits.
If incorrectly entered three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the
new phone code ("PS" password for lock facility), if desired.
Mind that successful PIN authentication is a prerequisite for use of AT com-
Once the Master Phone Code has been acctepted, the mobile is operational,
and the "PS" lock is no longer active. If needed it must be set once again with
“P2“
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK 2 is required to perform authen-
tication. Input of the SIM PUK 2 password is possible only with AT command
<password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks, used to restrict the operation of
a mobile to a specific provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be
unlocked if the associated password is available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards
from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card. Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will
prompt the client to enter a specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually an 8-digit code which
needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned, e.g.
provider, operator, distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side. For details contact
your local dealer or Siemens AG.
“PF“
“PN“
“PU“
lock Phone to the very First SIM card
Network Personalisation
Network subset Personalisation
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 123 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
mobile
“PP“
“PC“
Service Provider Personalisation
Corporate Personalisation
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the
network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network. To benefit from call barring the client will
need to subscribe them, though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack-
age.
<password length>: The Network Password needs to be supplied from the network provider or network oper-
ator. Usually there is one 4 digit password which applies to all call barring options. For details contact your pro-
vider.
“AO“
“OI“
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
“OX“
“AI“
“IR“
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
All Barring services
“AB“
“AG“
“AC“
All outGoing barring services
All inComing barring services
<password length>(num)
4...8
length of password. The range of permitted length for a password depends on
<old password>(str)
Password specified for the facility.
Take into account that a password may have already been set by factory, or that the service is subject to a pass-
word issued by the provider. See notes above or contact provider.
<new password>(str)
Note
•
To delete a password use the following syntax:
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To change PIN2
AT+CPWD="P2","0000","8888"
OK
(where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888" = new PIN2)
PIN2 Password has been changed to "8888"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 124 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
mobile
EXAMPLE 2
To set password used to enable or disable barring of all outgoing calls:
AT+CPWD="AO","0000","3333"
Requests the network to change the password for
supplementary service "call barring".
Ususally this request will affect all barring services,
even though the request is issued for Supplementary
Service BAOC ("Barring of all outgoing calls") only.
Refer to the respective network provider for detail.
OK
EXAMPLE 3
Handling of the "PS" lock password
AT+CMEE=2
Enable text output of CME Error information
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
(where "1111" = old password and "2222" = new
password)
OK
Password for facility "PS" is now "2222"
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
Repeat command to provoke error "incorrect pass-
word"
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
("1111" is no longer the correct password)
EXAMPLE 4
To specify a new "PS" lock password, after the old password was disabled (e.g. after three failed attempts to
change the "PS" password): use the master phone code.
CAUTION: THIS TEST SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY IF THE CORRECT MASTER PHONE CODE FOR
THE INDIVIDUAL ME USED IS DEFINITELY AVAILABLE! Otherwise the module used will be rendered use-
less until the correct master phone code is entered!:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678","1111"
where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code and
1111 is the new password. You may also use <new
password> to restore the former disabled pass-
word.
OK
Alternatively, without giving a new password:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678"
(where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code). Deac-
tivates the present phone lock.
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 125 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
5.7 AT^SPWD
s
mobile
5.7
AT^SPWD Change Password
Use this command when you want to change the passwords defined for the "facility lock" functions available from
AT+CLCK. Specifically the command can be used to
•
•
•
•
change PIN1 or PIN2,
change the password supplied from your provider for the "call barring" supplementary service,
set individual phone security passwords,
enter the unblocking key (Master Phone Code) to restore a disabled "PS" password.
AT command AT^SPWDis identical in every respect to AT+CPWD, except that the command syntax and response
prefix is "^SPWD" instead of "+CPWD".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPWD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
New password has been registered for the facility lock function.
OK
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
+CME ERROR ...
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Command Description
The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the
associated password.
The write command allows to define a new password for a password protected <facility>lock function. Each
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 126 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6. Identification Commands
s
mobile
6.
Identification Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various identification infor-
mation related to the MC55 and linked entities.
6.1
ATI Display product identification information
Syntax
Exec Command
ATI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
MC55
REVISION xx.yy
OK
Exec Command
Response(s)
[SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocolstack V2.550]
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
ME issues product information text.
Explanation of 'Revision' parameter: Version xx and variant yy of software release.
ME issues additional identification informations, after using with optional parameter.
ATI9 delivers the information above. Other values are not supported and only return OK.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
9
SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocolstack V2.550
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 127 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.2 AT+CGMI
s
mobile
6.2
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 128 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.3 AT+GMI
s
mobile
6.3
AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA reports information to identify the manufacturer.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMI
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 129 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.4 AT+CGMM
s
mobile
6.4
AT+CGMM Request model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMM
Response(s)
MC55
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns product model identification text.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 130 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.5 AT+GMM
s
mobile
6.5
AT+GMM Request TA model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMM
Response(s)
MC55
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to identify the specific model of device.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMM
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 131 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.6 AT+CGMR
s
mobile
6.6
AT+CGMR Request revision identification of software status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMR
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns product firmware version identification text.
Parameter Description
<xx.yy>(str)
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 132 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.7 AT+GMR
s
mobile
6.7
AT+GMR Request TA revision identification of software status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMR
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA returns product software version identification text.
Parameter Description
<xx.yy>(text)
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
Note
•
See also: AT+CGMR
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 133 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.8 AT+CGSN
s
mobile
6.8
AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification (IMEI)
identical to GSN
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGSN
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns identification text for determination of the individual ME.
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
IMEI of the telephone (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 134 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.9 AT+GSN
s
mobile
6.9
AT+GSN Request TA serial number identification (IMEI)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GSN
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit the user to identify the individual device.
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
IMEI of the telephone (International Mobile station Equipment Identity)
Note
•
The serial number (IMEI) varies for every individual ME device.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 135 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
6.10 AT+CIMI
s
mobile
6.10
AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CIMI
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns IMSI for identifying the individual SIM which is attached to ME.
Parameter Description
<imsi>(str)
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without quotes).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 136 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7. Call related Commands
s
mobile
7.
Call related Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to Mobile Originated (MOC, i.e. outgoing) Calls and
Mobile Terminated (MTC, i.e. incoming) Calls.
7.1
Call Status Information
For Circuit switched calls, including voice, fax and data calls, call status information is available with URC
''"+CIEV": call'' (configurable via AT commands AT+CINDand AT+CMER) or - in more detail - from the list of cur-
rent calls. This list can be displayed on request via at commands AT+CLCCand AT^SLCC. It can also be issued
URC ''"+CIEV": call'' and URC "^SLCC" can be configured using AT command AT^SCFG. An overview of the pos-
sible configurations and their consequences for the availability of call status information will be given here.
Generally speaking, the call status values recognized by the ME are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
active
held
dialing (MOC)
alerting (MOC)
incoming (MTC)
waiting (MTC)
terminating: The call is not active anymore, but inband information is still available.
dropped: The call has been suspended by the network, but may be resumed later.
The values "terminating" and "dropped" are not standardized for AT command AT+CLCC, and therefore only
available for command AT^SLCC. A call in any of these two states will not appear in the list of current calls as
A call that is not recognized by the ME is considered to be in "unknown" state.
Some networks may schedule a traffic channel for a call that is not yet in the "active" state. This is reflected in
Depending on the value of AT^SCFG setting <succ>, Indicator "+CIEV" will be issued (if configured with
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown"
•
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
active calls, or when a traffic channel is established
The indicator value for indicator ""+CIEV":call" will be "1" if at least one call is in states "held" or "active", and "0"
otherwise.
Depending on the value of AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>, Indicator "^SLCC" will be issued (if configured with write
•
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
Due to compatibility considerations, the powerup default for AT^SCFG setting <succ> is "restricted", offering
compatibility to the standard behaviour of indicator ''"+CIEV": call'', while the default for setting <sucs>is "ver-
bose".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 137 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.1 Call Status Information
s
mobile
In order to see the URCs, event reporting for both indicators must be explicitely configured with the appropriate
AT commands.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 138 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.2 ATA
s
mobile
7.2
ATA Answer a call
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
In case of data call, if successfully connected:
In case of voice call, if successfully connected:
OK
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If no connection:
NO CARRIER
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA causes remote station to go off-hook (e.g. answer call).
Parameter Description
<text>(str)
Connection status
Notes
•
•
Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.
The command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. It can't be aborted in
some connection setup states, such as handshaking.
•
if AT+FCLASSsetting is 1 or 2, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls, if ATA is issued on multiplexer
channel 1 resp. ASC0. For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail with result
code "NO CARRIER", but the call in question will continue to ring.
It is possible to change the setting for AT+FCLASSto 0 while the call is ringing, and accept the call normally
•
•
The ATA command may be used also to accept a network request for a PDP context activation (see ATA).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 139 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.3 ATD
s
mobile
7.3
ATD Mobile originated call to dial a number
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
If a connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
OK
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
C
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or fax calls. It also serves to control Supplementary
Services. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls or to send *# codes for Supplementary
Services. It must not be used for data and fax calls.
•
For voice calls, you have the choice of two different response modes that can be selected with AT^SM20:
AT^SM20=1 (factory default) causes the ME to respond once the call setup is completed either successfully
("OK") or unsuccessfully ("NO CARRIER", "NO DIAL TONE", "BUSY").
AT^SM20=0 causes the ME to return "OK" immediately after dialing was completed (i.e. before call setup ter-
minates successfully or unsuccessfully).
•
For data connections, call setup always terminates when the call has been established (indicated by the result
apply.
Different call release indications:
•
Upon termination, an outgoing fax or data call may show a different result code than a voice call would show
under identical conditions. In order to track down the actual reason for call termination, AT+CEERor ATS18
should be used for all applicable connections.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 140 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.3 ATD
s
mobile
•
When a user originates a second voice call whil there is already an active voice call, the first call will automat-
ically put on hold. The second call attempt is acknowledged with "OK" immediately after dialing with ATD has
completed, without relation to a successful call setup. In case of failure, the additional result codes "NO CAR-
RIER", "NO DIAL TONE", "NO CARRIER" will be presented afterwards (see example below).
Parameter Description
<n>(text)
String of dialing digits and optional V.25ter modifiers: 0-9, *, #, +, A, B, C
The following V.25ter modifiers are ignored: ,(comma), T, P, !, W ,@
Emergency call: <n> = 112 , 911 or 08, standardized GSM emergency number (no SIM needed).
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
G
g
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Activate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only.
Deactivate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only.
Notes
•
aborted in some connection setup states, such as handshaking.
•
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *#-code is within the dial string.
•
•
•
If ATDis used with a USSD command (e.g. ATD*100#;) an AT+CUSD=1 is executed implicitly (see AT+CUSD).
Parameter 'G' or 'g' will be ignored if Closed User Group was already activated, respectively deactivated with
AT+CCUGcommand before. Call by call invocation of CUG uses the settings provisioned by the provider or,
•
The ME is equipped with a "Blacklist" function according to GSM02.07 Annex A:
After a predefined number of failed call attempts, the dialed number is entered into a read-only phonebook
called "blacklist" (phonebook "BL"). Call attempts to numbers contained in the blacklist will be barred by ME
and not signalled to the network.
An attempt to start a voice call to a barred phone number will be stopped with a CME ERROR 257 "Call
Barred".
An attempt to start a data or fax call to a barred phone number will be answered immediately with result code
"NO CARRIER".
The barred numbers are automatically removed from the blacklist according to the timing conditions specified
in GSM02.07 Annex A.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 141 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.3 ATD
s
mobile
Example
The following example shows the call setup procedure when a call is already active and a second call attempt
fails because the line of the called party is busy:
atd03012345678
Dialing out the first party's number.
The first call is established.
OK
ATD03022222222
OK
The number of the second party is dialed.
The response "OK" is issued immediately though no call is established
BUSY
Line of the second called party is busy.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 142 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.4 ATD><mem><n>
s
mobile
7.4
ATD><mem><n> Originate call to phone number in memory
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the specified number. The termination character ";" is mandatory since
dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services
or other functions.
Parameter Description
<mem>(str)
Phonebook storage:
“FD“
Fixed dialing phonebook
SIM phonebook
“SM“(&F)
“ON“
“ME“
“LD“
MSISDN list
Mobile Equipment Phonebook
Last number dialed phonebook
Missed (unanswered received) calls list
Received calls list
“MC“
“RC“
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 143 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.4 ATD><mem><n>
s
mobile
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory, i.e. the index number
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
•
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data call number from <mem>causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
•
•
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To query the location number of the phonebook entry:
AT+CPBR=1,xx
TA returns the entries available in the active phonebook.
EXAMPLE 2
To dial a number from the SIM phonebook, for example the number stored to location 15:
ATD>SM15;
OK
EXAMPLE 3
To dial a phone number stored in the last dial memory on the SIM card:
ATD>LD9;
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 144 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.5 ATD><n>
s
mobile
7.5
ATD><n> Originate call to phone number selected from active
memory
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the stored number. The termination character ";" is mandatory since
dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services
or other functions.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory, i.e. the index number
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 145 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.5 ATD><n>
s
mobile
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
•
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data call number from <n>causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 146 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.6 ATD><str>
s
mobile
7.6
ATD><str> Originate call to phone number in memory with corre-
sponding field
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This command searches the active phonebook for a given string <str>and dials the assigned phone number.
The termination character ";" is mandatory since dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and
for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services or other functions.
Parameter Description
<str>(str)(+CSCS)
String type value ("x"), which should equal an alphanumeric field in at least one phonebook entry in the searched
memories; used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS. <str>can contain escape sequences
<str>must be wrapped in quotation marks (""), if escape sequences or parameter <mgsm>are used or if the
alphanumeric strings contains a blank. If not, quotation marks are optional.
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 147 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.6 ATD><str>
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial <str>without semicolon ";" causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 148 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.7 ATDI
s
mobile
7.7
ATDI Mobile originated call to dialable ISDN number <n>
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to data state):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to ISDN number.
Parameter Description
<n>(str)
ISDN number [+]<d>
String with maximum length of 20 characters. Allowed characters:
+: international dialing format
<d>: 0-9, A, B, C
<;>(str)
voice call.
Note
•
This command maybe aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 149 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.8 ATDL
s
mobile
7.8
ATDL Redial last telephone number used
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDL[;]
Response(s)
If there is no last number or number is not valid:
+CME ERROR
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This command redials the last voice and data call number used in the ATD command. If terminated with semi-
colon ";" ATDL dials the last voice call number stored in the "LD" phonebook. Otherwise, the last dialed data or
fax number will be used (not contained in the "LD" phonebook).
Note
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 150 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.9 ATH
s
mobile
7.9
ATH Disconnect existing connection
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
Disconnect existing call from command line by local TE and terminate call.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
disconnect from line and terminate call
Notes
•
OK is issued after circuit 109 (DCD) is turned off, if it was previously on.
• ATHterminates every circuit switched call (voice, data or fax), even if it is issued via another interface. This
behavior is in accordance with ITU-T V.25 ter; (07/97, "Hook control": "ATH is terminating any call in
progress.").
• ATHclears any active PDP context or terminates any existing PPP connection, but only if issued on the same
interface where GPRS is used and if there is no pending network request for PDP context activation. It does
not affect PDP contexts and PPP connections on other interfaces (see also Chapter "ATHManual rejection
of a network request for PDP context activation").
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 151 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.10 AT+CHUP
s
mobile
7.10
AT+CHUP Hang up call
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHUP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CHUP
Response(s)
ERROR
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
Cancels all active and held calls.
Note
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 152 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.11 ATS0
s
mobile
7.11
ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically answering the
call
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
C
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before automatic answering.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)
automatic answering is disabled
001-255
enable automatic answering on the specified ring number
Notes
•
•
•
This command works for MT data and fax calls.
Autoanswering of CSD data and fax calls is supported on ASC0/Mux1 only.
A CSD call will not be answered automatically if the module is in GPRS online mode. However, this is possible
in GPRS command mode. The application can detect a call by evaluating the RING line and distinguish to
change into GPRS command Mode or stay in GPRS Online mode until GPRS is available again. To answer,
to reject or to wait for automatic anwsering the incoming call the application has to switch into GPRS com-
mand mode.
•
If <n>is set to higher values, the calling party may terminate the call establishment before the call can be
automatically answered.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Confidential / Released
Page 153 of 469
2/10/04
MC55 AT Command Set
7.11 ATS0
s
mobile
•
•
Example: ATS7=30 and ATS0=20 may not allow call establishment.
Setting is local to the interface. It is allowed to have different settings on different interfaces. In such cases
•
•
ATS0 write command is PIN protected.
The command ATS0 is also used as GPRS compatibility command to answer automatically to a network
request for PDP context activation (for details see ATS0for GPRS). So using ATS0=<n>with n > 0, will per-
form a GPRS attach, if the ME is not already GPRS attached and if ME is configured to do this (see AT^SCFG,
parameter <gaa>). If the GPRS attach fails (e.g. the network rejects the attach request), the write command
The GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZor on powerup, if a n > 0
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 154 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.12 ATS6
s
mobile
7.12
ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing
Syntax
Read Command
ATS6?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS6=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)...255
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 155 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.13 ATS7
s
mobile
7.13
ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion
Syntax
Read Command
ATS7?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS7=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the amount of time to wait for the connection completion when answering or
originating a call.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
no. of seconds to wait for connection completion
000...060(&F)
Notes
•
•
•
In <n>of ATS0of the called party is set to higher values the call establishment may not be successful.
Example: ATS7=30 and ATS0=20 may not allow call establishment.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 156 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.14 ATS8
s
mobile
7.14
ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier
Syntax
Read Command
ATS8?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS8=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 157 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.15 ATS10
s
mobile
7.15
ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data
carrier
Syntax
Read Command
ATS10?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS10=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the amount of time, that the TA remains connected in absence of a data car-
rier. If the data carrier is detected before disconnect, the TA remains connected.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
number of tenths of seconds of delay
001...2(&F)...255
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 158 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.17 ATO
s
mobile
7.17
ATO Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online
mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
or
TA returns to data mode from command mode
CONNECT <text>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
ATOis the corresponding command to the +++escape sequence: When you have established a CSD call or a
GPRS connection and TA is in command mode, ATOcauses the TA to resume the data or GPRS connection and
takes you back to data mode or PPP online mode.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
Switch from command mode to data mode
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 160 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.18 +++
s
mobile
7.18
+++ Switch from data mode to command mode
Syntax
Exec Command
+++
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This command is only available during a CSD call or a GPRS connection. The +++ character sequence causes
the TA to cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to command mode. This allows you to enter AT
commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device or, accordingly, the GPRS connection.
To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it must be preceded and followed by a
pause of at least 1000 ms. The +++ characters must be entered in quick succession, all within 1000 ms.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 161 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.20 AT+CBST
s
mobile
7.20
AT+CBST Select bearer service type
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CBST=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CBST?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The write command selects the bearer service <name>, the data rate <speed> and the connection element
<ce>to be used when data calls are originated. The settings also apply to mobile terminated data calls, espe-
cially when single numbering scheme calls or calls from analog devices are received (see also: AT+CSNS).
Parameter Description
<speed>(num)(&W)(&V)
0
auto bauding
4
2400 bps (V.22bis)
4800 bps (V.32)
9600 bps (V.32)
6
[7](&F)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 163 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.20 AT+CBST
s
mobile
14
68
70
71
75
14400 bps (V.34)
2400 bps (V.110)
4800 bps (V.110)
9600 bps (V.110)
14400 bps (V.110)
<name>(num)(&W)
0(&F)
asynchronous modem
<ce>(num)(&W)
Transparent mode is not supported.
1(&F)
non-transparent
Note
•
GSM 02.02[1]: List of allowed combinations of subparameters.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 164 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.21 AT+CRLP
s
mobile
7.21
AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol param. for orig. non-trans-
parent data call
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRLP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRLP?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
Read command returns current settings for the supported RLP version 0.
The Write command sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when non-transparent data calls are origi-
nated.
Parameter Description
<iws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Interworking window size (IWF to MS)
0...[10]...61(&F)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 165 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.21 AT+CRLP
s
mobile
<mws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Mobile window size (MS to IWF)
0...[10]...61(&F)
<T1>(num)(&W)(&V)
Acknowledgement timer (T1 in 10 ms units)
48...[78](&F)...255
<N2>(num)(&W)(&V)
Re-transmission attempts N2
1...[6](&F)...255
<verx>(num)
0
RLP version number in integer format; when version indication is not present it
shall equal 0.
Notes
•
•
•
•
RLP version 0: single-link basic version;
RLP version 1: single-link extended version (e.g. extended by data compression);
RLP version 2: multi-link version.
Compression and multi-link are not supported.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 166 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.22 AT+CLCC
s
mobile
7.22
AT+CLCC List current calls of ME
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCC=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CLCC
Response(s)
[+CLCC: ...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is successful, but no calls are available, no
information response is sent to TE.
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in AT+CHLD
command operations
<dir>(num)
0
1
mobile originated call (MOC)
mobile terminated call (MTC)
<stat>(num)
state of the call
0
active
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 167 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.22 AT+CLCC
s
mobile
1
2
3
4
5
held
dialing (MOC)
alerting (MOC)
incoming (MTC)
waiting (MTC)
<mode>(num)
bearer/teleservice
0
1
2
3
voice
data
fax
voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
4
5
6
7
8
9
alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with single numbering
unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
1
call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number>(str)
phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
129
otherwise
<alpha>(str)(+CSCS)
Alphanumeric representation of <number>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set
The maximum displayed length of <alpha>is 16 characters. If the <alpha>has more than 16 characters, only
the first 15 characters will be displayed. To indicated an overflow, a special character will be used as the 16th
character. This will be a space if the character set selected with AT+CSCSis 'GSM', or 'E400' if the character set
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 168 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.22 AT+CLCC
s
mobile
is 'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook, this parameter may show a default value
during early call phases (e.g. for <stat>= ''dialling'', ''incoming'' or ''alerting''), even if a phonebook entry is
present for the number concerned.
Note
•
teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They are used only in connection with
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 169 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
7.23
AT^SLCC Siemens defined command to list the current calls of
the ME
Command ^SLCC covers essentially the same information as GSM 07.07 command AT+CLCC, with the following
additions:
•
cating whether the call has been assigned a traffic channel by the network (transmission of data or inband
information is possible).
•
The additional write command allows to activate Event reporting for the list of current calls. If event reporting
is active for an interface, a call status transition (cf. Call Status Information) and (if desired) the
assignment of a traffic channel will generate an event report indication to this interface. In order to receive
this event report as an URC, the URC presentation mode for this interface has to be configured with
•
The additional read command allows to determine the event reporting mode <n>which indicates whether the
interface receives event report indications for the list of current calls. Mind that the URC will be displayed only
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SLCC?
Response(s)
^SLCC: <n>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLCC
Response(s)
[^SLCC:...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 170 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
Siemens
Unsolicited Result Code
Unsolicited Call Status information
if the list of current calls is empty:
^SLCC:
if one or more calls are currently in the list:
URC "^SLCC" displays the list of current calls as displayed with the execute command AT^SLCC. The list is dis-
played in the state it has at the time of display, not in the state it had when the signal was generated.
The URC's occurrence indicates call status changes for any of the calls in the list of current calls.
Please refer to Call Status Informationand AT^SCFGfor further information about the configuration of
this URC.
Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface. Interface settings are saved with AT&Wand can be
displayed with AT&V. Additionally, The URC presentation mode for the interface must be configured with
Depending on the value of AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>, Indicator "^SLCC" will be issued (if configured with write
•
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens because of short intermediate states of the
list, that have already been overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the configuration
displayed is always the current configuration at the time of the last display.
The list of active calls displayed with this URC will always be terminated with an empty line preceded by prefix
''^SLCC: '', in order to indicate the end of the list.
Command Description
The read command returns an indication whether event reporting is active for the current interface.
The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is successful, but no calls are available, no
information response is sent to TE.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 171 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
Use the write command to activate or deactivate event reporting for URC "^SLCC". Event reporting can be
enabled separately for each interface. Interface settings are saved with AT&Wand can be displayed with AT&V.
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in AT+CHLD
command operations
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
1
<dir>(num)
0
1
mobile originated call (MOC)
mobile terminated call (MTC)
<stat>(num)
state of the call
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
active
held
dialing (MOC)
alerting (MOC)
incoming (MTC)
waiting (MTC)
terminating: The call is not active anymore, but inband information is still avail-
able.
7
dropped: The call has been suspended by the network, but may be resumed
later.
<mode>(num)
bearer/teleservice
0
1
2
3
voice
data
fax
voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
4
5
6
alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 172 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
7
8
9
alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with single numbering
unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
1
call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<traffic channel assigned>(num)
0
1
No traffic channel is available to the call
mobile has been assigned a traffic channel.
It is now possible to send or receive inband information, e.g. to send DTMF
<number>(str)
phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
129
otherwise
<alpha>(str)
Alphanumeric representation of <number>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set
The maximum displayed length of <alpha>is 16 characters. If <alpha>has more than 16 characters, only the
first 15 characters will be displayed. To indicate an overflow, a special character will be used as the 16th char-
acter. This will be a space if the character set selected with AT+CSCSis 'GSM', or 'E400' if the character set is
'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook, this parameter may show a default value
during early call phases (e.g. for <stat>= ''dialing'', ''incoming'' or ''alerting''), even if a phonebook entry is
present for the number concerned.
Notes
•
Teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They are used only in connection with
•
If a URC "^SLCC" in verbose mode (see AT^SCFG) has been buffered while the interface was in dedicated
mode (depending on the settings of AT+CMERparameter <bfr>), each buffered event indicator will be output
as a separate URC after the interface returns to idle mode.
However, the output will deliver the list of current calls in the "current" state (at the time when the output is
generated), possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations.
•
Some parameters of AT command AT+CHLD, as well as some situations where the call status in the network
changes very quickly (e.g. the transition between <stat>= ''unknown'', ''dialing'' and ''alerting'' for a call to a
reachable subscriber within the registered network) may lead to quasi-simultaneous changes to the states of
one or several calls in the list, possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 173 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
•
•
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens because of intermediate states of the
list, that have already been overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the configu-
ration displayed in such cases is the current configuration at the time of the last display.
It is adviseable to receive URC "^SLCC" on an interface that is not used for call initiation, if verbose output is
configured. If only voice calls are expected, a setting of AT^SM20= 0 may be used alternatively in order to
keep the call from blocking the interface.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
^SYSSTART
at+cpin=9999
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,''0145'',''0016''
at^sm20=0
We are now registered
command ''ATD'' for an outgoing voice call will termi-
nate immediately with response ''OK''
OK
atd''1234567'';
OK
We start a voice call.
''OK'' response is issued immediately because of set-
ting ''^SM20=0''
^SLCC:
MO call starts, paging B-party
1,0,2,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
Traffic channel established,
1,0,2,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
network may now transmit network announcements,
ME may now transmit DTMF tones.
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
Call is now ringing at B-Party
1,0,3,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
B-Party has accepted the call, connection estab-
lished
1,0,0,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
atd23456;
OK
End of current list
We start a second voice call.
''OK'' response is issued immediately because
^SLCC:
The active call is automatically put on hold, triggering
the display of the list
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 174 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.23 AT^SLCC
s
mobile
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
^SLCC:
The second call has already started before the indi-
cation for the held call could be displayed
End of current list
^SLCC:
The identical list is displayed again, triggered by the
start of the second voice call
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
The status of the second list entry has already been
displayed with the previous URC
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC:
The held call doesn't change status right now
1,0,1,0,0,0,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC: 2,0,3,0,0,1,"23456",129
^SLCC:
The second call is now alerting the B-Party
End of current list
^SLCC:
The held call doesn't change status right now
1,0,0,0,0,1,''1234567'',129,''Called
Party''
^SLCC:
End of current list: the B-Party of the second call has
not accepted the call in time, the second call has
ended.
NO CARRIER
^SLCC:
The second call has ended
list is now empty: B-Party has ended the first call
The first call has ended
NO CARRIER
EXAMPLE 2
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1,''1234567'',129
Incoming call is signalled.
Display is triggered by the incoming call, but the cur-
rent status of the call at the time of display already
comprises an active traffic channel.
^SLCC:
End of current list
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1,''1234567'',129
The incoming call had a traffic channel assigned
from the start.
This second identical display is triggered by the traf-
fic channel assignment.
Since the traffic channel was already indicated in the
previous URC, both instances of the URC contain
identical information.
^SLCC:
End of current list
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
Incoming call is accepted.
call is established.
ata
OK
^SLCC: 1,1,0,0,0,1,''1234567'',129
The call is now active.
End of current list
^SLCC:
ath
Hang up the call.
OK
hang up complete.
^SLCC:
The list of current calls is empty again
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 175 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.24 AT+CR
s
mobile
7.24
AT+CR Service reporting control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CR?
Response(s)
+CR: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CR=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Intermediate Result Code
If enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation when the TA has
determined the speed and quality of service to be used, before any error control or data compression reports are
transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) appears.
+CR: <serv>
Command Description
Configures the TA whether or not to transmit an intermediate result code +CR: <serv>to TE when a call is being
set up.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 176 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.24 AT+CR
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
disable
enable
1
<serv>(str)
“REL ASYNC“
“GPRS“
asynchronous non-transparent
GPRS
Notes
•
The PLMN influences the second air interface (to the terminator), therefore another mode may be established
from the network.
•
Setting the value of <mode>to 1 may lead to connection failure, if the application (e.g. WinFax) waits for
default result code/URC.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 177 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.25 AT+CRC
s
mobile
7.25
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRC?
Response(s)
+CRC: <mode>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Unsolicited Result Code
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type>instead of
the normal RING.
+CRING: <type>
Command Description
The command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication is used.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
disable extended format
enable extended format
1
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 178 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.25 AT+CRC
s
mobile
<type>(str)
“REL ASYNC“
“FAX“
asynchronous non-transparent
facsimile
voice
“VOICE“
“GPRS“
PDP context activation
Note
•
Setting the value of <mode>to 1 may lead to connection failure, if the application (e.g. WinFax) waits for
default result code/URC.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 179 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.26 AT+CSNS
s
mobile
7.26
AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSNS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSNS?
Response(s)
+CSNS: <mode>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The AT+CSNScommand enables the ME to accept incoming calls when no bearer capability information is pro-
vided with the call, e.g. single numbering scheme calls or calls originitating from analog devices.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
[0](D)
Voice: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be speech
2
Fax: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be an incoming
fax.
4
Data: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be a data call.
Please take into account that the bearer service parameters set with AT+CBST
apply to all data calls including those received without bearer capability.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 180 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.26 AT+CSNS
s
mobile
Notes
•
The command must be set before the call comes. By default, when you do not modify the settings, all calls
received without bearer element are assumed to be voice.
•
The setting will be automatically saved when you power down the GSM engine with AT^SMSO, provided that
PIN authentication has been done. This value will be restored when PIN authentication is done again.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 181 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.27 AT^SCNI
s
mobile
7.27
AT^SCNI List Call Number Information
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCNI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCNI
Response(s)
[...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns a list of current calls of ME.
Parameter Description
<id>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM 02.30[19] subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in
1...7
<cs>(num)
Call status of respective call number (first parameter)
0
1
2
call hold
call in progress
waiting call
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 182 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.27 AT^SCNI
s
mobile
<number>(str)
string type phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialling string includes international access code character "+",
otherwise 129
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CLCC
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 183 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.28 AT^SLCD
s
mobile
7.28
AT^SLCD Display Last Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLCD
Response(s)
^SLCD: <time>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns last call duration or current call duration.
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds; E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00"
Max value is 9999:59:59
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 184 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
7.29 AT^STCD
s
mobile
7.29
AT^STCD Display Total Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^STCD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^STCD
Response(s)
^STCD: <time>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns total call duration (accumulated duration of all calls).
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds; E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00"
Max value is 9999:59:59
Note
•
The Total Call Duration will not be reset by power off or other means.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 185 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8. Network Service Commands
s
mobile
8.
Network Service Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various network services. More Commands related
to this area can be found at the chapter "Supplementary Service Commands".
8.1
AT+COPN Read operator names
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COPN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+COPN
Response(s)
+COPN: ...
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numericn>that has an alphanumeric
Parameter Description
<numericn>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number.
<alphan>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 186 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
mobile
8.2
AT+COPS Operator selection
This command can be used to query the present status of the ME's network registration and to determine
whether automatic or manual network selection shall be used.
Automatic mode: Lets the ME automatically search for the home operator. If successful the ME registers to the
home network and enters the IDLE mode. If the home network is not found, ME goes on searching. If then a
permitted operator is found, ME registers to this operator. If no operator is found the ME remains unregistered.
Manual mode: Desired operator can be manually entered, using the AT+COPS write command syntax. If oper-
ator is found, ME registers to this operator immediately. If the selected operator is forbidden, the ME remains
unregistered.
Manual/automatic: In this mode, the ME first tries to find the operator that was manually entered. If the ME fails
to register to this operator, then it starts to select automatically another network.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
Response(s)
+COPS:[list of supported:( <stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>, , numeric <oper>)][, , list of supported
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+COPS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 187 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
mobile
Command Description
The test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network. Any of the
formats may be unavailable and will then be an empty field (,,). The list of operators comes in the following order:
Home network, networks referenced in SIM, and other networks.
The read command returns the current <mode>and the currently selected operator. If no operator is selected,
The write command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network operator. If the selected operator
is not available, no other operator will be selected (except <mode>=4). The selected operator name format will
apply to further read commands (+COPS?), too.
Parameter Description
<stat>(num)
Status
0
1
2
3
unknown
operator available
operator current
operator forbidden
<oper>(&V)
Operator
Parameter is stored non-volatile to the SIM. Operator as per <format>. The numeric format is the GSM Loca-
tion Area Identification number which consists of a 3-digit country code plus a 2- or 3-digit network code.
<mode>(num)(&V)
parameter values 0 and 1 are stored non-volatile in the ME
0(D)
1
manual operator selection
2
is selected
3
4
automatic, manual selected; if manual selection fails, automatic mode
<format>(num)(&W)(&V)
parameter can be stored non-volatile in the user profile using AT&W
0(&F)
Notes
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 188 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
mobile
•
When using the AT+COPS=? command during an ongoing GPRS transfer, the transfer will be interrupted for
up to 1 minute.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 189 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.3 AT+CREG
s
mobile
8.3
AT+CREG Network registration
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CREG=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CREG?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CREG: <stat>
URC 2
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 190 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.3 AT+CREG
s
mobile
Command Description
Read command returns the URC presentation mode <n>and an integer <stat>that shows the registration sta-
tus of the ME. The location information elements <lac>and <ci>are returned only when <n>=2 and ME is
registered to the network.
Use the write command to select the type of URC. Two types of URCs are available:
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
disable URCs
1
2
tration including location information. Please note that optional parameters will
not be displayed during call.
<stat>(num)(&V)
0
Not registered, ME is currently not searching for new operator
There is a technical problem. User intervention is required. Yet, emergency
calls can be made if any network is available. Probable causes.
•
•
•
No SIM-Card available
No PIN entered
No valid Home PLMN-Entry found on the SIM
1
2
Registered to home network
Not registered, but ME is currently searching for a new operator.
The ME searches for an available network. Failure to log in until after more than
a minute may be due to one of the following causes:
•
•
•
No network available or insufficient Rx level.
The ME has no access rights to the networks available.
Networks from the SIM list of allowed networks are around, but login fails
due to one of the following reasons:
-
-
-
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
#12 ... Location area not allowed
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
After this, the search will be resumed (if automatic network search is
enabled).
•
The Home PLMN or an allowed PLMN is available, but login is rejected by
the cell (reasons: Access Class or LAC).
If at least one network is available, emergency calls can be made.
Registration denied
3
•
If automatic network search is enabled:
Authentication or registration fails after Location Up-date Reject due to one
of the following causes:
-
-
#2 ... IMSI unknown at HLR
#3 ... Illegal MS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 191 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.3 AT+CREG
s
mobile
-
#6 ... Illegal ME
Either the SIM or the MS or the ME are unable to log into any network. User
intervention is required. Emer-gency calls can be made, if any network is
available.
•
Only if manual network search is enabled:
Manual registration fails after Location Update Reject due to the following
causes:
-
-
-
-
-
-
#2 ... IMSI unknown at HLR
#3 ... Illegal MS
#6 ... Illegal ME
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
#12 ... Location area not allowed
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
No further attempt is made to search or log into a net-work. Emergency calls
can be made if any network is available.
4
5
Unknown
(not used)
Registered, roaming
The ME is registered at a foreign network (national or international network)
<lac>(str)
Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 193 in decimal).
<ci>(str)
Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format.
Note
•
Optional parameters will not be displayed during a call.
Example
AT+CREG=2
Activates extended URC mode.
OK
AT+COPS=0
Forces ME to automatically search network operator
OK
+CREG: 2
URC reports that ME is currently searching.
URC reports that operator has been found.
+CREG: 1,"0145","291A"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 192 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.4 AT+CSQ
s
mobile
8.4
AT+CSQ Signal quality
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CSQ
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
Parameter Description
<rssi>(num)
0
-113 dBm or less
-111 dBm
1
2..30
31
99
-109... -53 dBm
-51 dBm or greater
not known or not detectable
<ber>(num)
To check the bit error rate there must be a call in progress to obtain realistic values. If no call is set up, there is
no BER to be determined. In this case the indicated value may be 0 or 99, depending on the SIM card.
0..7
99
as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 section 8.2.4.
not known or not detectable
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 193 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.4 AT+CSQ
s
mobile
Note
•
After using network related commands such as AT+CCWA, AT+CCFC, AT+CLCK, users are advised to wait 3s
before entering AT+CSQ. This is recommended to be sure that any network access required for the preceding
command has finished.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 194 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.5 AT^SMONC
s
mobile
8.5
AT^SMONC Cell Monitoring
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONC=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMONC
Response(s)
OK
CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS, 3GPP TS 05.08
Command Description
The output of the exec command contains 9 values from a maximum of 7 base stations. The first base station is
the serving cell.
Parameter Description
<MCC>(num)
Mobile country code
3 digits, e.g. 232
000
not decoded
not decoded
<MNC>(num)
Mobile network code
3 digits, e.g. 003
000
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 195 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.5 AT^SMONC
s
mobile
<LAC>(num)
Location area code
4 digits, e.g. 3010
0000
not decoded
not decoded
not decoded
<cell>(num)
Cell identifier
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EAF
0000
<BSIC>(num)
Base station identity code
2 digits, e.g. 32
00
<chann>(num)
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number)
0
not decoded. In this case, all remaining parameters related to the same chan-
nel are neither decoded. For example, a non-existing cell appears as follows:
000,000,0000,0000,00,0,0,-,-
<RSSI>(num)
Received signal level of the BCCH carrier (0..63). The indicated value is composed of the measured value in
dBm plus an offset. This is in accordance with a formula specified in 3GPP TS 05.08
<C1>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode, under certain conditions the parameter can-
not be updated. In such cases a '-' is presented.
<C2>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode, under certain conditions the parameter can-
not be updated. In such cases a '-' is presented.
Note
•
eters. The receiving level, for example, can be queried with all three commands. Yet the resulting values may
be slightly different, even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and noth-
ing to worry about, as the cell information is permanently updated.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 196 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^MONI
s
mobile
8.6
AT^MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
Syntax
Test Command
AT^MONI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONI
Response(s)
See: 8.6.1
OK
Write Command
AT^MONI=<period>
Response(s)
See: 8.6.1
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The execute command can be used to retrieve the cell parameters of the serving/dedicated cell on request.
The write command can be used to retrieve information of the serving/dedicated cell automatically every
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Notes
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 197 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^MONI
s
mobile
•
The length of following output lines exceeds 80 characters. Therefore a terminal program may draw a carriage
return on a screen. However, this is not part of the response.
8.6.1
AT^MONI responses
ME is not connected:
a) ME is camping on a cell and registered to the network:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I No connection
b) ME is camping on a cell but not registered to the network (only emergency call allowed):
Serving Cell I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I
Limited Service
c) ME camping on a cell, but searching for a better cell (cell reselection):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I
Cell Reselection
d) ME is searching and could not (yet) find a suitable cell:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
Searching
ME is connected (Call in progress):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm PLMN LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 19 -76 00101 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I 1015 1
0 5 -76 0 S_HR
Columns for Serving Cell:
Column
chann
rs
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
receiving level of the BCCH carrier in dBm
PLMN ID code
dBm
PLMN
LAC
location area code, see note below
cell ID, see note below
cell
NCC
BCC
PLMN colour code
base station colour code
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 198 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^MONI
s
mobile
Column
PWR
RXLev
C1
Description
maximal power level used on RACH channel in dBm
minimal receiving level (in dBm) to allow registration
coefficient for base station selection
Columns for Dedicated channel:
Column
chann
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the TCH carrier
Note: <chann> = h indicates frequency hopping.
TS
timeslot number
timAdv
PWR
dBm
Q
timing advance in bits
current power level
receiving level of the traffic channel carrier in dBm
receiving quality (0-7)
ChMod
channel mode (S_HR: Half rate, S_FR: Full rate, S_EFR: Enhanced Full Rate)
8.6.2
Service states
Depending on the service state, an additional textual output is generated (refer also to the response examples):
•
•
•
•
'Searching' - The MS is searching, but could not (yet) find a suitable cell. This output appears after restart of
the MS or after loss of coverage.
'No connection' - The MS is camping on a cell and registered to the network. The service state is 'idle', i.e.
there is no connection established or a dedicated channel in use.
'Cell Reselection' - The MS has not yet lost coverage but is searching for a better cell, since the cell reselec-
tion criterion is fulfilled.
'Limited Service' - The MS is camping on a cell but not registered to the network. Only emergency calls are
allowed. The MS enters this state, for example, when
-
-
-
no SIM card is inserted, or PIN has not been given,
neither Home PLMN nor any other allowed PLMN are found,
registration request was not answered or denied by the network (use command AT+CREG to query the
registration status),
-
authentication failed.
8.6.3
Notes
•
The parameters LAC and cell are presented as hexadecimal digits, the remaining parameters are composed
of decimal digits.
•
If the radio cell changes during a connection, the parameters PWR, RXLev and C1 of the 'Serving Cell' part
cannot be updated under certain conditions and therefore, are displayed as "-" (for conditions see also
AT+CREG). This is because the MS does not update the cell selection and reselection parameters since, in
this mode, they are not relevant for operation. When the connection ends, and the mobile is back to IDLE
mode, correct values will be given.
If the radio cell changes during a connection, it normally takes 1 or 2 seconds to update the parameters cell,
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 199 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^MONI
s
mobile
NCC and BCC. Until the information is received from the new base station, the default values will be shown
instead: cell="0000", NCC="-", BCC="-".
•
•
If the BS supports frequency hopping during a connection, the dedicated channel (parameter chann) is not
stable. This mode is indicated by chann = 'h'.
To some extent, the cell monitoring command AT^SMONCcovers the same parameters. The receiving level,
for example, can be queried with both commands. Yet the resulting values may be slightly different, even
though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about, as the
cell information is permanently updated.
•
for compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, any input character may be used to
stop the output in certain cases (depending on the settings of Chapter 4.7, page 96 and Chapter 4.8, page
99).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Confidential / Released
Page 200 of 469
2/10/04
MC55 AT Command Set
8.7 AT^MONP
s
mobile
8.7
AT^MONP Monitor neighbour cells
Syntax
Test Command
AT^MONP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONP
Response(s)
See: 8.7.1
OK
Write Command
AT^MONP=<period>
Response(s)
See: 8.7.1
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
This command can be used to obtain information of up to six neighbour cells on request.
This command can be used to retrieve information of up to six neighbour cells automatically every n seconds.
To stop the presentation type "at" or "AT".
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Note
•
Due to the fact that not all necessary information of the neighbour cells can be decoded during a connection,
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 201 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.7 AT^MONP
s
mobile
there are several constraints to be considered:
-
-
-
Only neighbour cells that have already been visible in IDLE mode will be further updated, as long as they
are still included in the list.
Though new neighbour cells can be added to the list (e.g. due to handover), their C1 and C2 parameters
cannot be displayed until the connection is released. In this case "-" is presented for C1 and C2.
level, for example, can be queried with both commands. Yet the resulting values may be slightly different,
even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about,
as the cell information is permanently updated.
-
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, any input character may be used
to stop the output in certain cases (depending on the settings of Chapter 4.7, page 96 and Chapter 4.8,
page 99).
8.7.1
AT^MONP responses
chann rs dBm MCC MNC BCC C1 C2
653 26 -84 262 07 0 22 22
660 20 -90 262 07 3 16 16
687 19 -91 262 07 1 15 15
678 14 -96 262 07 3 10 10
671 14 -96 262 07 1 10 10
643 10 -100 262 07 7 6 6
Column
Chann
rs
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
Receiving level in dBm
dBm
MCC
MNC
BCC
C1
Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
Base Station colour code
cell selection criterion
C2
cell reselection criterion
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 202 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.8 AT^SMONG
s
mobile
8.8
AT^SMONG GPRS Monitor
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONG=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMONG
Response(s)
GPRS Monitor
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
^SMONG: GPRS Monitor
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The execute command can be used to retrieve GPRS specific cell information directly on request. The cell data
will be output only once on a single line.
The write command can be used to retrieve GPRS specific cell information directly on request or automatically
every n seconds. To stop the presentation type "at" or "AT".
Parameter Description
<table>(num)
1
Cell Info Table
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 203 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.8 AT^SMONG
s
mobile
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
If <period>is omitted the cell data will be presented only once on a single line (as if Execute command was
issued).
If <period>is given, the cell data will be listed repeatedly on 10 data lines. Every 10th data line is followed by
the header, simply to repeat the column titles.
1...100
Note
•
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, often any input character will stop
the periodic output of the write command. But since this applies only in certain cases (depending on the set-
tings of Chapter 4.7, page 96 and Chapter 4.8, page 99), it is recommended to always use "at" or "AT".
8.8.1
AT^SMONG Cell Info Table
GPRS Monitor
BCCH G PBCCH PAT MCC MNC NOM TA
RAC
0B
# Cell #
0637 1 -
4 234 05 2
00
Columns of the cell info table:
Column
BCCH
G
Description
ARFCN of BCCH carrier
GPRS supported (''1'') or not supported ''-''
PBCCH
PAT
If PBCCH is present, indication of ARFCN, else ''-'' or if Frequency Hopping is used ''H''
Priority Access Threshold (GSM Rec. 04.08 / 10.5.2.37b)
0 Packet access is not allowed in the cell
1 Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
2 Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
3 Packet access is allowed for priority level 1
4 Packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2
MCC
MNC
NOM
TA
Mobile Country Code
Mobile Network Code
Network Operation Mode (1...3)
Timing Advance Value
RAC
Routing Area Code (as hexadecimal value)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 204 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.9 AT^SALS
s
mobile
8.9
AT^SALS Alternate Line Service
The AT^SALScommand is designed to support Alternate Line Service. This allows the subscriber to use two
voice numbers on the same SIM card (service requires a dual line SIM card).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SALS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SALS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
^SALS: <line>
Indicates the line used by an incoming call.
Command Description
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 205 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.9 AT^SALS
s
mobile
The write command enables or disables the presentation mode of <view>and selects the preferred <line>.
Parameter Description
<view>(num)
Controls the presentation mode of the URC "^SALS" which indicates the line number used by an incoming call:
0(&F)
Disables indication of the called line
Enables indication of the called line
1
<line>(num)
Selects the line to be used for outgoing calls.
[1]
2
ALS Line 1
ALS Line 2
Notes
•
•
•
•
Example
AT^SALS=1,1
RING
Line 1 has been selected for outgoing calls. "^SALS" URC is enabled.
You receive a notification that you have an incoming call on line 2.
^SALS: 2
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 206 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.10 AT^SHOM
s
mobile
8.10
AT^SHOM Display Homezone
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SHOM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SHOM
Response(s)
^SHOM: <homezonestate>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns homezone state. Result is valid only, if network registration state <stat> is 1 (registered) (see
AT+CREG).
Feature is available only for supported network operators (Viag, One2One, Orange and LCI) and requires a suit-
able SIM card. If the homezone feature is not supported by the network operator or SIM card, result is always 0.
Parameter Description
<homezonestate>(num)
0
1
ME is out of Homezone
ME is within the Homezone
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 207 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.11 AT^SPLM
s
mobile
8.11
AT^SPLM Read the PLMN list
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLM=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Exec Command
AT^SPLM
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numeric>that has an alphanumeric
Parameter Description
<numeric>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number
<alpha>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 208 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.12 AT^SPLR
s
mobile
8.12
AT^SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLR=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
^SPLR: <index1><oper>
^SPLR: <index2><oper>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM
Write command returns used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators with <indexa>between <index1>
Parameter Description
<index1>(num)
location number to read from
<index2>(num)
location number to read to
<indexa>(num)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 209 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
8.13 AT^SPLW
s
mobile
8.13
AT^SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLW=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM
Write command writes an entry to the SIM list of preferred operators at location number <index>. If <index>
is given but <oper>is left out, the entry is deleted. If <oper>is given but <index>is left out, <oper>is inserted
in the next free location.
Parameter Description
<index>(num)
location number
<oper>(str)
Operator in numeric format (GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a 3-digit country code
plus a 2- or 3-digit network code).
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CPOL
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 211 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9. Supplementary Service Commands
s
mobile
9.
Supplementary Service Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the Supplementary Services offered by the GSM net-
work.
9.1
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CACM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CACM?
Response(s)
+CACM: <acm>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACM value.
The write command resets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter (ACM) value in SIM file
EF(ACM). ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 212 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.2 AT^SACM
s
mobile
9.2
AT^SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SACM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SACM
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SACM=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
+CCCM: <ccm>
When activated, an unsolicited result code is sent when the CCM value changes, but not more often than every
10 seconds.
Command Description
The execute command can be used to query the current mode of the Advice of Charge supplementary service,
the SIM values of the accumulated call meter (ACM) and accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax).
The write command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes to report the call charges.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 214 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.2 AT^SACM
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
suppress unsolicited result code
display unsolicited result code
1
<acm>(str)(&V)
Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000-
FFFFFF
<acmMax>(str)(&V)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000
disable ACMmax feature 000001-FFFFFF
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes
are coded in the same way as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF
Notes
•
default. To benefit from the URC it is recommended to have the setting included in the user profile saved with
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 215 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.3 AT+CAMM
s
mobile
9.3
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or
query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CAMM?
Response(s)
+CAMM: <acmmax>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACMmax value.
The write command sets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file
EF (ACMmax). ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by the sub-
scriber.
Parameter Description
<acmmax>(str)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000
disable ACMmax feature 000001-FFFFFF.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 216 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.4 AT+CAOC
s
mobile
9.4
AT+CAOC Advice of Charge information
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAOC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CAOC?
Response(s)
+CAOC: <mode>
OK
Exec Command
AT+CAOC
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
+CAOC: <ccm>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
Execute command returns the current call meter value.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 218 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.4 AT+CAOC
s
mobile
The write command sets the Advice of Charge supplementary service function mode.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&V)
0
query CCM value
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes
are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 219 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.5 AT+CCUG
s
mobile
9.5
AT+CCUG Closed User Group
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCUG=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CCUG?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07,
GSM 04.85
GSM 02.85,
GSM 03.85,
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
The Read command returns if the Explicit CUG invocation is activated (in parameter <n>), which CUG <index>
The write command serves to activate or deactivate the explicit CUG invocation, to set the desired index, and to
specify if Preferential Group or Outgoing Access shall be suppressed.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 220 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.5 AT+CCUG
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
explicit CUG invocation options
0(D)
Deactivate explicit CUG invocation
Activate explicit CUG invocation
1
<index>(num)
0-9
explicit selection of CUG index
10(D)
No index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data)
<info>(num)
state of the call
0(D)
no information
1
suppress outgoing access
2
suppress preferential CUG
Suppress preferential CUG and Outgoing Access.
3
Notes
•
•
•
The active settings for omitted parameters are retained without changes.
Explicit CUG invocation means that at each call setup, CUG information is added to the called number.
Upon delivery, settings are predefined with
<n>=0,
<index>=10,
<info>=0.
These delivery defaults cannot be recalled automatically.
•
•
When starting a call with ATD, Parameter 'G' or 'g' of command ATDwill have no effect if the option selected
Current settings are saved in the ME automatically.
•
some combinations of parameters may lead to rejection of CUG calls by the network. For more information,
please consult GSM 04.85
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 221 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
mobile
9.6
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCFC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
OK
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07,
GSM 02.04,
GSM 02.82,
GSM 03.82, GSM 04.82
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
The write command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration, erasure, activation, deac-
tivation and status query are supported.
Parameter Description
<reason>(num)
reason for call forwarding
0
1
2
unconditional
mobile busy
no reply
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 222 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
mobile
3
4
5
not reachable
all call forwarding (includes reasons 0, 1, 2 and 3)
all conditional call forwarding (includes reasons 1, 2 and 3)
<mode>(num)
network operation to be performed for Supplementary service "call forwarding"
0
1
2
3
4
disable call forwarding (disable service)
enable call forwarding (enable service)
query status of call forwarding (query service status)
<number>(str)
string type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>. If you select <mode>= 3, the
phone <number> will be registered in the network. This allows you to disable / enable CF to the same destination
without the need to enter the phone number once again. Depending on the services offered by the provider the
registration may be mandatory before CF can be used. The number remains registered in the network until you
register another number or erase it using <mode> = 4.
<type>(num)
type of address octect
145
129
otherwise
<class>(num)
integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04"
1
2
voice
data
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values between 16 and 128, that
are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if supported). In addition, you
can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can activate
Call Forwarding for all data classes, but deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
fax
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
data circuit async
dedicated packet access
dedicated PAD access
32
64
128
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes. For example, the default setting 7
represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax). The
value 255 covers all classes. If the <class> parameter is omitted, the default
value 7 is used.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 223 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
mobile
<time>(num)
5...[20]...30
time to wait before call is forwarded, rounded to a multiple of 5 sec. (only for
<reason>=no reply)
<status>(num)
0
1
Call Forwarding not active
Call Forwarding active
Notes
•
You can register, disable, enable and erase <reason>4 and 5 as described above. However, querying the
status of <reason>4 and 5 with AT+CCFC will result in an error ("CME error: Operation not supported"). As
an alternative, you may use the ATD command followed by *'# codes to check the status of these two reasons.
•
•
Most networks will not permit registration of new parameters for conditional call forwarding (reasons 1,2,3,5)
while unconditional call forwarding is enabled.
The AT+CCFC command offers a broad range of call forwarding options according to the GSM specifications.
However, when you attempt to set a call forwarding option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to,
the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these cases vary with
the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure check
•
•
•
Some networks may choose to have certain call forwarding condtions permanently enabled (e.g. forwarding
to a mailbox if the mobile is not reachable). In this case, erasure or deactivation of call forwarding for these
conditions will not be successful, even if the CCFC request is answered with response "OK".
The command has been implemented with the full set of <class> parameters according to GSM 07.07. For
actual applicability of SS "call forwarding" to a specific service or service group (a specific <class>value)
please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
there is currently no release of GSM standard "GSM 02.04", in which the "Call Forwarding" Supplementary
Service is defined as applicable to SMS services
Example
Please note that when you configure or query call forwarding without specifying any classes, the settings will
•
To register the destination number for unconditional call forwarding (CFU):
at+ccfc=0,3,"+493012345678",145
OK
In most networks, the registration will also cause call forwarding to be activated for these <class>values.
•
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 1,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 224 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
mobile
•
at+ccfc=0,0
OK
To check whether CFU was successfully deactivated (note that the destination number remains registered in
the network when you disable CFU):
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
•
To erase the registered CFU destination number:
at+ccfc=0,4
OK
Now, when you check the status, no destination number will be indicated:
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 0,2
+CCFC: 0,4
OK
•
To query the status of CFU for all classes:
at+ccfc=0,2,,,255
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 0,2
+CCFC: 0,4
+CCFC: 0,8
+CCFC: 0,16
+CCFC: 0,32
+CCFC: 0,64
+CCFC: 0,128
OK
• <reason>4 or 5 cannot be used to query the status of all call forwarding reasons (see also notes above):
at+ccfc=4,2
+CME error: operation not supported
at+ccfc=5,2
+CME error: operation not supported
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 225 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
mobile
9.7
AT+CCWA Call Waiting
This command controls the "Call Waiting" supplementary service according to GSM 02.83. Activation, deactiva-
tion and status query are supported.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCWA?
Response(s)
+CCWA:<n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[+CCWA: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07,
GSM 02.04,
GSM 02.83,
GSM 03.83, GSM 04.83
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Indication of a call that is currently waiting and can be accepted.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 226 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
mobile
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network, URC "+CCWA" indicates a wait-
ing call to the TE. It appears while the waiting call is still ringing.
URC 2
Indication of a call that has been waiting.
^SCWA
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network, this URC indicates that a wait-
ing call rang when the ME was in online mode during a CSD call, but the calling party hung up before the ME
went back to command mode.
Command Description
The write command controls the call waiting supplementary service. Activation, deactivation and status query
are supported.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
1
<mode>(num)
Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service call waiting
0
1
2
Disable call waiting (disable service)
Enable call waiting (enable service)
Query status of call waiting (query service status)
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04".
In the write command, parameter <class>specifies the class of the active call during which an incoming call
of any class is to be regarded as a waiting call.
1
2
Voice
Data
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values between 16 and 128, that
are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if supported). In addition, you
can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can activate
call waiting for all data classes, but deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
Fax
[7]
Voice, data and fax (1+2+4)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 227 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
mobile
8
SMS
16
Data circuit sync
Data circuit async
Dedicated packet access
Dedicated PAD access
32
64
128
1...[7]...255
Combination of some of the above classes. For example, the default setting 7
represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax). The
value 255 covers all classes. If parameter "class"is omitted, the default value 7
is used.
<status>(num)
0
1
Call waiting service is not active
Call waiting service is active
<calling number>(str)
<type of number>(num)
Type of address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08, subclause 10.5.4.7)
145
129
Otherwise
<CLI validity>(num)
0
1
2
CLI valid
CLI has been withheld
CLI is not available
Notes
•
If the active call is a CSD call, and a waiting call is received, then the ME produces a BREAK while still in
online mode, and displays
-
the +CCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to command mode while the waiting call is still active
and can be accepted;
-
or the ^SCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to command mode after the waiting call has
ended.
•
•
With the AT+CHLD command, it is possible to establish a multiparty call or to set the active voice call on hold
and then accept a waiting voice call (not possible with fax and data call). See also AT+CHLD
Users should be aware that if call waiting is activated (<mode>=1), the presentation of URCs needs to be
Otherwise, on the one hand, a waiting caller would be kept waiting due to lack of BUSY signals, while, on the
other hand, the waiting call would not be indicated to the called party.
•
The AT+CCWA command offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications. However,
when you attempt to enable call waiting for a <class>for which the service is not provisioned or not sup-
ported , the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these cases vary
with the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 228 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
mobile
•
•
GSM 07.07. For actual applicability of SS call waiting to a specific service or service group (a specific
Despite the specifications stated in GSM 02.04 call waiting is not handled uniformly among all networks:
GSM 02.04, Annex A, provides the following specification:
"The applicability of call waiting refers to the telecommunication service of the active call and not of the waiting
call. The incoming, waiting, call may be of any kind." Nevertheless, networks do differ on the actual imple-
mentation of the service. For example, the activation of call waiting for <class>4, "fax", causes some net-
works to send a call waiting indication if a call "of any kind" comes in during an active fax call, but others may
(with the same settings active) indicate a waiting fax call during any kind of active call. Thus, the only reliable
way to receive or prevent a call waiting indication under any circumstances and in any network, is to activate
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Parameter <n>
at+ccwa=1
OK
To enable the presentation of the URC
EXAMPLE 2
Parameter <mode>
at+ccwa=,1
To activate the supplementary service in the network
for voice, data, and fax calls (default classes).
OK
at+ccwa=,2
To query the network status of call waiting for default
classes
at+ccwa=1,1
at+ccwa=1,2
at+ccwa=1,4
OK
Call Waiting is activated during voice calls.
Call Waiting is activated during data calls.
Call Waiting is activated during fax calls.
EXAMPLE 3
Parameter <class>
AT+CCWA=,0,1
OK
To deactivate call waiting for voice calls.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 229 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.8 AT+CHLD
s
mobile
9.8
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHLD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
TA controls the Supplementary Services Call Hold and Multiparty. Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released,
and added to a conversation.
Like for all Supplementary Services, the availability and detailed functionality of Call Hold and Multiparty services
depends on the configuration of the GSM network. The MC55 can only request the service, but the network
decides whether and how the request will be answered.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting
call:
•
If a call is waiting, release the waiting call. The calling party will receive a
"BUSY" indication (Supplementary Service User Determined User Busy
"UDUB")
•
Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if any).
1
Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept "the other call" as the active call:
•
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes active.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 230 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.8 AT+CHLD
s
mobile
1X
2
Terminate a specific call X (X= 1-7). The call may be active, held or waiting.
The remote party of the terminated call will receive a "NO CARRIER" indica-
Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept "the other call" as the active
call:
•
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes active.
2X
3
Place all active calls except call X (X= 1-7) on hold. Parameter X is the call
Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a conference (multiparty)
call.
Notes
•
The AT+CHLDcommand offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications. However, if you
attempt to invoke an option which is not provisioned by the network, or not subscribed to, invocation of this
option will fail. The responses in these cases may vary with the network (for example "Operation not allowed",
"Operation not supported" etc.).
•
This Supplementary Service is only applicable to Teleservice 11 (Speech telephony), that is, voice calls can
be put on hold, while data or fax calls cannot. For example, with AT+CHLD=2 you can simultaneously place a
voice call on hold and accept another waiting voice call. But it is possible to place a voice call on hold in order
to accept a waiting data of fax call, and afterwards recover the voice call. In this case, the only difference over
speech telephony is that the data or fax call needs to be manually accepted via ATA(see example below).
•
•
In conflict situations, e.g. when a waiting call comes while there are already held calls, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call only. For example, <n>=0 rejects the waiting call, but does not affect the held calls.
Example
^SYSSTART
at+cpin="9999"
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,"0145","0016"
at+ccwa=1,1,1
The mobile is now registered.
You activate the indication of waiting calls during
voice calls.
OK
atd"1234567";
You make a voice call.
OK
+CCWA: "+491791292364",145,32,,0
You receive a URC indicating a waiting data call.
You put the voice call on hold.
at+chld=2
RING
You now receive the RING of the data call.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 231 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.8 AT+CHLD
s
mobile
OK
RING
RING
ATA
You accept the data call.
CONNECT 9600/RLP
hello
OK
+++
With ''+++'' you go in command mode.
at+clcc
You interrogate the status of all established calls.
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,"03038639268",129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,1,0,"+491791292364",145
OK
at+chld=1
The active data call is terminated and the held voice
call becomes active.
OK
at+clcc
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"03038639268",129
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 232 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.9 AT+CLIP
s
mobile
9.9
AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIP?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CLIP=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
C
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Voice call response format:
URC 2
Data/FAX call response format:
When CLIP is enabled at the TE (and is permitted by the calling subscriber), an unsolicited result code is
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 233 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.9 AT+CLIP
s
mobile
Command Description
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that
enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a mobile ter-
minated call.
Write command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service CLIP in the network.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
suppress unsolicited result codes
display unsolicited result codes
1
<m>(num)(&V)
0
1
2
CLIP not provisioned
CLIP provisioned
unknown
<number>(str)
string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialling string includes in-ternational access code character
"+", otherwise 129.
<CLI validity>(num)
0
1
2
CLI valid
CLI has been withheld by the originator.
CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
significant.
When CLI is not available ( <CLI validity>=2), <number>shall be an empty string ("") and <type>value
will not be significant. Nevertheless, TA shall return the recommended value 128 for <type> (TON/NPI
unknown in accordance with GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7).
When CLI has been withheld by the originator, (<CLI validity>=1) and the CLIP is provisioned with the
"override category" option (refer GSM 02.81 and GSM 03.81), <number>and <type>is provided. Otherwise,
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 234 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.10 AT+CLIR
s
mobile
9.10
AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIR?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIR (Calling Line Identification Restriction).
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Parameter shows the settings for outgoing calls:
[0](P)
Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service
1
2
CLIR invocation
CLIR suppression
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 235 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.10 AT+CLIR
s
mobile
<m>(num)
Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network:
0
1
2
3
4
CLIR not provisioned
CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
Note
•
The settings made with AT+CLIR=1 or AT+CLIR=2 are used for all outgoing calls until the ME is switched off
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 236 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.11 AT+CPUC
s
mobile
9.11
AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPUC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPUC?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
Read command returns the current parameters of PUC.
Write command sets the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table. SIM PIN2 is
usually required to set the parameters.
Parameter Description
<currency>(str)(+CSCS)
Three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "EUR"). If the currency name is longer than three characters, all
characters will be cut off after the third position. Before they are written to the SIM Card, these characters are
converted to the standard GSM alphabet.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 237 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.11 AT+CPUC
s
mobile
<ppu>(str)
Price per unit; dot is used as a decimal separator (e.g. "2.66"). The length is limited to 20 characters. If the string
length is exceeded, the command is terminated with an error. This string may only contain digits and a dot. Lead-
ing zeros are removed from the string. The minimum and maximum value are determined by the structure of the
SIM-PUCT file. The maximum price per unit value is 999 999 999.00. When successfully entered, this value is
rounded to maximum accuracy.
Note: Due to storage in mantisse (range 0-4095) and exponent (-7 to 7) it is possible that rounding errors occur.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2. String parameter which can contain any combination of characters. The maximum string length is
limited to 8 characters. If this value is exceeded, the command terminates with an error message. If the PIN2 is
incorrect, a CME error (+CME ERROR: incorrect password) is output.
Example
To change currency and/or price per unit you have two ways:
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10","8888"
OK
(where "8888" = PIN2)
Alternatively, you can first use the AT+CPIN2command to enter PIN2. When you execute the AT+CPUCcom-
mand, subsequently, take into account that PIN2 authentication expires after 300ms (see notes in AT+CPIN2).
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
OK
Successful
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN2 required
Attempt not successful. PIN2 authentication has
expired.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 238 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.12 AT+CSSN
s
mobile
9.12
AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSSN?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CSSI: <code 1>
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, inter-
URC 2
+CSSU: <code 2>
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 239 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.12 AT+CSSN
s
mobile
Command Description
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs for supplementary services.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
1
<m>(num)
0(&F)
1
<code 1>(num)
3
Waiting call is pending
<code 2>(num)
0
5
The incoming call is a forwarded call.
Held call was terminated
Note
•
The URCs will be displayed only if the call concerned is a voice call.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 240 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.13 AT+CUSD
s
mobile
9.13
AT+CUSD Supplementary service notifications
This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to GSM 02.90.
Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CUSD=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CUSD?
Response(s)
+CUSD: <n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07,
GSM 04.90
GSM 02.90,
GSM 03.90,
Unsolicited Result Code
URC "+CUSD" indicates an USSD response from the network, or network initiated operation
Command Description
Write command parameter <n>is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code (USSD
When <str>is given, a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network initiated operation
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 241 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
9.13 AT+CUSD
s
mobile
is sent to the network. The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited result
The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM supplementary services is described
in the GSM standard.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
Disable the result code presentation in the TA
Enable the result code presentation in the TA
1
2
Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str>(str)
If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character
set according to rules of GSM 07.05 Annex A.
<dcs>(num)
GSM 03.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 15)
<m>(num)
0
No further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further infor-
mation needed after mobile initiated operation).
action is finished with <CTRL-Z> or aborted with <ESC>.
2
USSD terminated by network.
Notes
•
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 242 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10. GPRS Commands
s
mobile
10.
GPRS Commands
This chapter describes AT Commands that a TE (Terminal Equipment, e.g. an application running on a control-
ling PC) may use to control the MC55 acting as GPRS Mobile Termination (MT). Please use chapter "Using
GPRS AT commands (Examples)" as a first guidance.
10.1
AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGACT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGACT?
Response(s)
...
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states.
The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 243 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.1 AT+CGACT
s
mobile
The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context(s). After the command has com-
pleted, the MT remains in V.25ter command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state
for that context remains unchanged. If the MT is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command
is executed, the MT first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts. If no
<cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the command activates/deactivates all defined contexts.
If the MT is not able to activate a context because of a failed attach, command returns with "ERROR" or with
"+CME ERROR: unknown" after 385 seconds (timer T3310 expired).
If the MT is attached but is not able to activate a context for more than 160 seconds (timer T3380 expired), com-
mand returns with "ERROR" or with "+CME ERROR: unspecified GPRS error. In this case AT+CEER returns
"+CEER: 51,3,0".
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of PDP context activation.
0
detached
attached
[1]
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier is a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The param-
eter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
Notes
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not
allowed".
•
A maximum of 2 contexts can be activated at the same time, no matter on which interface. Trying to activate
more than 2 contexts will cause "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed". Note that, depending on
the provider, the number of activated contexts may be further restricted. In such cases "+CME ERROR:
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 244 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.2 AT+CGANS
s
mobile
10.2
AT+CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP con-
text activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGANS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The write command requests the MT to respond to a network request for GPRS PDP context activation which
has been signaled to the TE by the RING or CRING unsolicited result code. The <response>parameter allows
the TE to accept or reject the request.
Parameter Description
<response>(num)
[0]
1
the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE
accept and request that the PDP context be activated
<L2P>(str)
<cid>(num)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 245 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.2 AT+CGANS
s
mobile
Note
•
response. Otherwise, the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data
state.
During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network
in the Request PDP context activation message. If this is in conflict with the information provided by a spec-
ified <cid>, the command will fail. There will be no conflict, if the PDP type matches exactly and the PDP
address given by the context definition for <cid>is empty or matches exactly with the address specified with
the network PDP context activation message.
The context will be activated using the values for PDP type and address provided by the network, together
with all other information found in the PDP context definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending
on the application.
If no <cid>is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will attempt to activate the context
using the values for PDP type and address provided by the network. The other parameters will be set to their
If activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully,
the V.25ter command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK.
In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and
the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER, or if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other
errors may be reported. It isalso an error to issue the AT+CGANScommand when there is no pending network
request.
The command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 246 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.3 AT+CGATT
s
mobile
10.3
AT+CGATT GPRS attach or detach
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGATT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
Response(s)
+CGATT: <state>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS service states.
The read command returns the current GPRS service state.
The write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from the GPRS service. After the command
has completed, the MT remains in V.25ter command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the com-
mand is ignored and the OK response is returned. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated
when the attachment state changes to detached.
If the MT is not able to attach for more than 5 minutes, command returns with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR:
unknown", but MT is still trying to attach.
If the MT is not able to detach for more than 1 minute, command returns with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR:
unknown", but MT is still trying to detach. If an attach is issued during a running detach, command returns with
"ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unspecified GPRS error".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 247 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.3 AT+CGATT
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of GPRS attachement.
0(P)
detached
attached
[1]
Notes
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not
allowed".
•
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non-GPRS capable network or to a
network where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management)
state according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read command will still show
<state>=1.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 248 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.4 AT+CGAUTO
s
mobile
10.4
AT+CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP
context activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGAUTO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGAUTO?
Response(s)
+CGAUTO: <n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The write command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a
Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. It also provides control over the use of the V.25ter
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Disable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti-
vation. GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the
AT+CGANScommand.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 249 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.4 AT+CGAUTO
s
mobile
1
Enable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti-
vation. GPRS requests are automatically accepted according to the description
below.
3(P)
Modem compatibility mode. The automatic acceptance of both GPRS and
requests or incoming CSD calls.
Notes
•
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=0 command is received, the MT will not perform a GPRS detach if it is attached. Sub-
sequently, when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING
or CRING, the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the AT+CGANScommand or may sim-
ply ignore the network request.
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=1 command is received, the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not yet
attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if enabled +CME ERROR being returned to the TE. Subsequently,
the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING to the TE, followed
by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.25ter online data state and follows the
•
•
If a GPRS attach will be initiated by this command and the MT is not able to attach for more than 385 seconds
(timer T3310 expired), command returns with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", but MT is still trying
If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and if another AT command is
issued at the same time on the same interface, then this AT command is not executed. Any response belongs
to the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT command which caused the collision was a circuit
switched data call, the CONNECT response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS. This can be
detected if ATXis not set to 0. CS data call will issue CONNECT <text>, GPRS will issue CONNECT only.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 250 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.5 AT+CGDATA
s
mobile
10.5
AT+CGDATA Enter data state
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported layer 2 protocols to be used between the
TE and MT.
The write command causes the MT to perform all actions which are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the network using one or more GPRS PDP types. This may include performing a GPRS
attach and one or more PDP context activations. Commands following the AT+CGDATAcommand in the AT com-
mand line will not be processed by the MT.
If no <cid>is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will attempt to activate the context with
PDP type IP and all other context parameters set to their default values (see AT+CGDCONT, AT+CGQREQ,
If the write command is successful, the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.25ter
online data state.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully, the
command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK.
In the event of erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the command state is reentered and the MT returns
NO CARRIER, or if enabled +CME ERROR.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 251 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.5 AT+CGDATA
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
[“PPP“]
“1“
layer 2 protocol PPP
layer 2 protocol PPP
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
Notes
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns with "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not
allowed".
•
It is possible to leave the GPRS data mode and enter the command mode by using the V.25ter command
+++. By using the command AT+CGDATAagain, the data mode is reentered. Which context is used to return
If no <cid>is specified, this is equivalent to using the V.25ter command ATO, which is usable for GPRS con-
nections too. In this case the first context is used, which is active and which was already in data mode since
it was activated (the internal context, which is used for GPRS connection without explicitely specifiying a con-
text identifier, has the highest priority).
It ist possible, to use AT+CGDATAto enter the data mode for a context, which was not in data mode since it
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 252 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.6 AT+CGDCONT
s
mobile
10.6
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response(s)
+CGDCONT: (range of supported<cid>s), <PDP_type>, , , (list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported
<h_comp>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?
Response(s)
...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns supported values as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined PDP context.
The write command specifies the parameters for a PDP context identified by the context identifier <cid>. The
number of contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test
command. A special form of the write command (AT+CGDCONT=<cid>) causes the values for context <cid>to
become undefined.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 253 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.6 AT+CGDCONT
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
Specifies the type of the packet data protocol.
“IP“
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
<APN>(str)
Access Point Name
The logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or
omitted, then the subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_addr>(str)
Packet Data Protocol address
Identifies the MT in the address space applicable to PDP (e.g. IP V4 address for PDP type IP). If the value is
null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or, failing that, a
dynamic address will be requested. The read command will continue to return the null string even if an address
has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address may be read using AT+CGPADDR.
<d_comp>(num)
Data Compression
Controls the PDP data compression (applicable for Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol (SNDCP)
only) 3GPP TS 44.065
[0]
off
<h_comp>(num)
Header Compression
Controls the PDP header compression 3GPP TS 44.065, 3GPP TS 25.323
[0]
off
Notes
•
The MT supports PDP type IP only.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 254 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.7 AT+CGPADDR
s
mobile
10.7
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
+CGPADDR: ...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
<PDP_address>(str)
a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 255 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.8 AT+CGQMIN
s
mobile
10.8
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?
Response(s)
...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the
parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. If no minimum profile was explicitly
specified for a context, simply OK will be returned, but default values will be used for that context.
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the
negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter,
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 256 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.8 AT+CGQMIN
s
mobile
A special form of the set command, AT+CGQMIN= <cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context
AT&Fand ATZwill undefine the minimum QoS profiles of every context which is not active or not online.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and
3
2
3
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
The delay parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the
GPRS network(s).
[0]
network subscribed value
SDU size: 128 octets:
1..4
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<1.5
<0.5
<5
<25
<50
<250
Unspecified
SDU size: 1024 octets:
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<1.5
<0.5
<5
<25
<50
<250
Unspecified
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 257 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.8 AT+CGQMIN
s
mobile
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent
data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS
4
5
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class (in octets per second).
[0]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
network subscribed value
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s).
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s).
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s).
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s).
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s).
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s).
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s).
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s).
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s).
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class(in octets per hour).
[0]
1
network subscribed value
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
100 000(~0.22 kbit/s)
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 258 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.8 AT+CGQMIN
s
mobile
13
14
15
16
17
18
31
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
best effort
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol Type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2 "Quality of Service Profile".
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current value (or the default value if not specified
so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,''ip''
OK
AT+CGQMIN=
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 259 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.9 AT+CGQREQ
s
mobile
10.9
AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?
Response(s)
...
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the
parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. If no requested profile was explicitly
specified for a context, simply OK will be returned, but default values will be used for that context.
This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate
PDP Context Request message to the network.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter,
A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ=<cid>causes the requested profile for context number <cid>
to become undefined.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 260 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.9 AT+CGQREQ
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and
3
2
3
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
This parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the GPRS
network(s).
[0]
network subscribed value
with SDU size = 128 octets:
1..4
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<0.5
<1.5
<25
<250
-
<5
<50
Unspecified
with SDU size = 1024 octets:
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<0.5
<1.5
<25
<250
-
<5
<50
Unspecified
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
network subscribed value
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 261 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.9 AT+CGQREQ
s
mobile
1
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent
data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS
4
5
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class
in octets per second
[0]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
network subscribed value
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s)
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s)
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s)
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s)
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s)
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s)
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s)
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s)
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class
in octets per hour
[0]
1
network subscribed value
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 262 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.9 AT+CGQREQ
s
mobile
15
16
17
18
31
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
best effort
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2 "Quality of Service Profile".
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current value (or the default value if not specified
so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,''ip''
OK
AT+CGQREQ=
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 263 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.10 AT+CGREG
s
mobile
10.10 AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGREG=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGREG?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Unsolicited Result Code
+CGREG: <stat>
Indicates a change in the MT's GPRS network registration status.
Command Description
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat>which shows whether
the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT.
The write command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code "+CGREG" when <n>=1 and there is
a change in the MT's GPRS network registration status.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 264 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.10 AT+CGREG
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(P)
disable network registration unsolicited result code
1
<stat>(num)
0
not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register to the MS
is in GMM state GMM-NULL or GMM-DEREGISTERED-INITIATED.
The GPRS service is disabled, the MS is allowed to attach for GPRS if re-
quested by the user.
1
2
registered, home networkThe MS is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or
GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED INITIATED on the home
PLMN
not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to
register to. The MS is in GMM state GMM-DEREGISTERED or GMM-REGIS-
TERED-INITIATED. The GPRS service is enabled, but an allowable PLMN is
currently not available. The MS will start a GPRS attach as soon as an allow-
able PLMN is available
3
registration denied. The MS is in GMM state GMM-NULL. The GPRS service
is disabled, the MS is not allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user
4
5
unknown
registered, roaming. The MS is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or GMM-
ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED on a visited PLMN
Note
•
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non-GPRS capable network or to a
network where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management)
state according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read command will still show
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 265 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.11 AT+CGSMS
s
mobile
10.11 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGSMS?
Response(s)
+CGSMS: <service>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on which services and service preferences can be set by
The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference.
The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS
Parameter Description
<service>(num)
A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used
0
GPRS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 266 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.11 AT+CGSMS
s
mobile
1
circuit switched
2
GPRS prefered (use circuit switched if mobile is not GPRS attached)
circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched is not available)
[3]
Note
•
Parameter cannot be stored using AT&W
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 267 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.12 AT^SGAUTH
s
mobile
10.12 AT^SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGAUTH=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT^SGAUTH?
Response(s)
^SGAUTH: <auth>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SGAUTH=<auth>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Parameter Description
<auth>(num)
Indicates types of supported authentication.
0
none
1
PAP
2
CHAP
3(P)
PAP and CHAP
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 268 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.13 AT^SGCONF
s
mobile
10.13 AT^SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGCONF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SGCONF?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Parameter Description
<llc_pdu_length>(num)
LLC-PDU-length
0
no negotiation with network (500 will be used)
lower values diminish performance
140...1520(P)
<class>(num)
GPRS Multislot Class. The parameter can be changed only when the MT is detached, otherwise ''CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed'' will be returned. The value can be one of the classes indicated with the Test
command.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 269 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.13 AT^SGCONF
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
+CME ERROR: invalid index: Parameter is out of range
+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed: The command is blocked as long as GPRS is already in
use (as long as mobile is GPRS attached).
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 270 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.14 ATA
s
mobile
10.14 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context acti-
vation
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The V.25ter ATAcommand may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced
by the unsolicited result codes RING or "+CRING: GPRS". The MT responds with CONNECT, enters V.25ter
online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a AT+CGANS=1 with no <L2P>
If you try to answer a request which is no longer present or which is already answered by another instance, NO
CARRIER is returned.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 271 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.15 ATD*99#
s
mobile
10.15 ATD*99# Request GPRS service
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between
the TE and the external PDN.
The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data state and, with the TE, to start
the specified layer 2 protocol. No further commands may follow on the AT command line. GPRS attachment and
PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already
been performed using the AT+CGATTand AT+CGACTcommands. If the context to be used is already activated,
it will be deactivated first. This ensures that the right context parameters will be used (e.g. QoS changes since
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.25ter online data state command will respond with
CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error, the
MT enters V.25ter command state and returns NO CARRIER.
Parameter Description
<called_address>(str)
IP V4 address in the form w.x.y.z, which identifies the called party; if it is provided, the MT will automatically set
up a virtual call to the specified address after the context has been activated. This parameter is currently not
used and needs not to be specified.
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
“PPP“
“1“
layer 2 protocol PPP
layer 2 protocol PPP
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 272 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.15 ATD*99#
s
mobile
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONTcommand). If no context is specified,
1...2
Notes
•
If MC55 is in dedicated mode, command returns with "+CME ERROR: phone busy".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 273 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.16 ATD*98#
s
mobile
10.16 ATD*98# Request GPRS IP service
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a communication between
the TE and the external PDN.
The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data state and, with the TE, to start
the layer 2 protocol.
GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if
they have not already been performed using the AT+CGATTand AT+CGACTcommands. If the context to be used
is already activated, it will be deactivated first. This ensures that the right context parameters will be used (e.g.
QoS changes since the last context activation).
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.25ter online data state command will respond with
CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error, the
MT enters V.25ter command state and returns NO CARRIER.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONTcommand). If no context is specified,
1...2
Notes
•
If MC55 is in dedicated mode, command returns with "+CME ERROR: phone busy".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 274 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.17 ATH
s
mobile
10.17 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context acti-
vation
Syntax
Exec Command
ATH
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
C
C
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The V.25ter ATHcommand may be used to deactivate all PDP contexts which are active or online on the same
interface.
The ATHcommand may also be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the
Notes
•
In contrast to GSM 07.07 it is possible to cancel a connection with ATHafter a break. This is done for com-
patibility reasons due to the "dial-up network" drivers of Microsoft Windows.
•
If ATHis used to reject a network request for PDP context activation, then other PDP contexts on the same
interface which are active or online will not be deactivated.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 275 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.18 ATS0
s
mobile
10.18 ATS0 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context
activation
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
C
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The V.25ter ATS0=<n>(Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic
response to a network request for a PDP context activation.
When the ATS0=<n>(<n>> 0) command is received, the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not
yet attached and if ME is configured to do this (see AT^SCFG, parameter <gaa>). Failure will result in ERROR
being returned to the TE. Subsequently, the MT will announce a network request for PDP context activation by
issuing the URC RING or CRING to the TE, followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then
enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a AT+CGANS=1
ATS0=0 does not perform an automatic GPRS detach.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)
automatic answering is disabled
001-255
enable automatic answering on the specified ring number
Notes
•
If different settings are used on each interface, and a request for PDP context activation is received, the inter-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 276 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.18 ATS0
s
mobile
•
•
If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and another AT command is issued
at the same time on the same interface then this AT command will not be executed. Any response belongs
to the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT command which caused the collision was a CS data
call, the CONNECT response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS. This can be detected if ATX
is not set to 0. CS data call will issue CONNECT <text>, GPRS will issue CONNECT only.
A network request for PDP context activation has a maximum duration of approximately 40 seconds (for
details see GSM 04.08). A RING/CRING URC is issued every 5 seconds, so setting parameter <n>to values
greater than 7 will not allow a successful context activation and is not recommended.
•
•
The automatic GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZor on powerup,
If the automatic GPRS attach fails (e.g. the network rejects the attach request), the write command returns
with error, but the value of <n> is changed anyway. This is necessary because ATS0 is used for circuit
•
ATS0 write command is PIN protected.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 277 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.19 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
s
mobile
10.19 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Defining and using a Context Definition ID (CID):
Every time a CID is used as a parameter for a GPRS command the CID has to be defined before by using
of 'AT+CGDCONT?' is OK only, there is no CID defined.
AT+CGDCONT?
OK
There is no CID defined
All parameters of the CID are initiated by NULL or not present values, and the CID itself is set to be undefined.
Define CID 1 and set the PDP type to IP, access point name and IP address are not set:
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP"
OK
Define CID 2 and sets PDP type, APN and IP addr:
AT+CGDCONT=2,"IP", "internet.t-d1.gprs", 111.222.123.234
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT:1,"IP","","",0,0
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123.234
OK
Set the CID 1 to be undefined:
AT+CGDCONT=1
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123.234
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Quality of Service (QoS) is a special parameter of a CID which consists of several parameters itself.
The QoS consists of
-
-
-
-
-
the precedence class
the delay class
the reliability class
the peak throughput class
the mean throughput class
and is divided in "requested QoS" and "minimum acceptable QoS".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 278 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.19 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
s
mobile
All parameters of the QoS are initiated by default to the "network subscribed value (= 0)" but the QoS itself is
Overwrite the precedence class of QoS of CID 1 and set the QoS of CID 1 to be present:
AT+CGQREQ=1,2
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,2,0,0,0,0
OK
All QoS values of CID 1 are set to network subscribed now, except precedence class which is set to 2. Now
set the QoS of CID 1 to not present:
AT+CGQREQ=1
OK
Once defined, the CID it can be activated. To activate CID 2 use:
AT+CGACT=1,2
OK
If the CID is already active, the mobile responds OK at once.
If no CID and no STATE is given, all defined CIDs will be activated by:
AT+CGACT=
OK
If no CID is defined the mobile responds +CME ERROR: invalid index
Remark: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGATT=1 before activating, the attach is automatically done by
After defining and activating a CID it may be used to get online by:
AT+CGDATA="PPP",1
CONNECT
The mobile is connected using the parameters of
CID 1.
AT+CGDATA=
CONNECT
The mobile is connected using default parameters
The mobile supports Layer 2 Protocol (L2P) PPP only.
Some providers (e.g. D2 or E-Plus) require to use an APN to establish a GPRS connection. So if you use the
Microsoft Windows Dial-Up Network and ATD*9... to connect to GPRS you must provide the context definition
as part of the modem definition (Modem properties/Connection/Advanced.../Extra settings). As an alternative,
you can define and activate the context in a terminal program (e.g. Microsoft Hyperterminal) and then use the
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 279 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
10.20 Using the GPRS dial command ATD
s
mobile
10.20 Using the GPRS dial command ATD
Example
In addition to the GPRS AT commands you can use the "D" command to dial into to the GPRS network.
There are two GPRS Service Codes for the ATD command: Values 98 and 99.
Examples:
ATD*99#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99.
ATD*99*123.124.125.126*PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99, IP
address 123 and L2P = PPP and using CID 1.
ATD*99**PPP#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P
= PPP.
ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and using
CID 1.
ATD*99**PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P
= PPP and using CID 1. The CID has to be defined
ATD*98#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 98.
ATD*98*1#
CONNECT
Establish an IP connection by service code 98 using
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 280 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11. FAX Commands
s
mobile
11.
FAX Commands
The following commands can be used for FAX transmission. If the ME is acting as a Fax-Modem to a PC-based
application (e.g. "WinFax") it is necessary to select the proper Service Class (Fax Class) provided by the ME.
The ME reports its Service Class capabilities, both the current setting and the range of services avaible. This is
Service Classes supported by ME:
Service class
Reference, Standard
e.g. TIA/EIA-602 or ITU V.25ter
EIA/TIA-578-A
0
1
2
data modem
Service Class 1
manufacture specific
this document and EIA PN-2388
(draft)
The following AT commands are dummy commands:
AT+FAA Auto Answer mode
AT+FECM Error Correction Mode control
AT+FLNFC Page Length format conversion
AT+FLPL Indicate document available for polling
AT+FMINSP Minimum Phase C speed
AT+FRBC Phase C data receive byte count
AT+FREL Phase C received EOL alignment
AT+FSPL Enable polling
AT+FTBC Phase C data transmit byte count
AT+FWDFC Page width format conversion
Invoking these commands will not cause ERROR result codes, but these commands have no functionality.
11.1
FAX parameters
Parameter Description
<bf>(num)
Binary File Transfer Mode
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to check which parameter values are
really possible!
[0]
1
disable BFT
enable BFT
<br>(num)
Bit Rate
0
2400 bit/s, V.27ter
4800 bit/s, V.27ter
7200 bit/s, V.29
9600 bit/s, V.29
1
2
[3]
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 281 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.1 FAX parameters
s
mobile
<df>(num)
Data Compression Format
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to check which parameter values are
really possible!
[0]
1
1-D modified Huffman
2-D modified read
2
2-D uncompressed mode
<ec>(num)
Error Correction Mode
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to check which parameter values are
really possible!
[0]
1
disable ECM
enable ECM, 64 bytes/frame
enable ECM, 256 bytes/frame
2
<ln>(num)
Page Length
0
A4, 297mm
1
B4, 364mm
[2]
unlimited length
<mod>(num)
modulation mode
3
V21 Ch2 - 300 bps
V.27ter - 2400 bps
V.27ter - 4800 bps
V.27ter - 7200 bps
V.29 - 7200 bps
24
27
48
72
96
V.29 - 9600 bps
<st>(num)
Scan Time/Line
Note: Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to check which parameter values are
really possible!
[0]
1
0 ms (at VR= normal)
5 ms
2
10 ms
10 ms
20 ms
20 ms
3
4
5
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 282 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.1 FAX parameters
s
mobile
6
7
40 ms
40 ms
<vr>(num)
Vertical Resolution
0
normal, 98 lpi
fine, 196 lpi
[1]
<wd>(num)
Page Width
[0]
1
1728 pixels in 215mm
2048 pixels in 255 mm
2432 pixels in 303 mm
1216 pixels in 151 mm
864 pixels in 107 mm
2
3
4
Note
•
Only the default value needs to be implemented. Use test command to check which parameter values are
really possible
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 283 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.2 AT+FBADLIN
s
mobile
11.2
AT+FBADLIN Bad Line Threshold
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FBADLIN?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FBADLIN=<badlin>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command defines the Copy-Quality-OK-threshold. If <badlin>consecutive lines have pixel count errors
in normal resolution (98 dpi) mode, then the copy quality is unacceptable. If <badlin>* 2 consecutive lines have
pixel count errors in fine resolution (196 dpi) mode, then the copy quality is unacceptable. "Copy Quality Not OK"
occurs if either the error percentage is too high or too many consecutive lines contain errors. A value of 0 implies
that error checking is not present or disabled.
Parameter Description
<badlin>(num)
bad lines
0...10(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 284 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.3 AT+FBADMUL
s
mobile
11.3
AT+FBADMUL Error Threshold Multiplier
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FBADMUL?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FBADMUL=<badmul>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command defines the "Copy-Quality-OK" multiplier. The number of lines received with a bad pixel count is
multiplied by this number. If the result exceeds the total number of lines on the page the error rate is considered
too high. A threshold multiplier value of 20 corresponds to a 5 per cent error rate. A value of 0 implies that error
checking is not present or disabled.
Parameter Description
<badmul>(num)
0...20(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 285 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.4 AT+FBOR
s
mobile
11.4
AT+FBOR Query data bit order
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FBOR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FBOR?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FBOR=<bor>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
Query the bit order for receive-mode. The mode is set by the ME depending on the selected Service Class, see
Parameter Description
<bor>(num)
bit order modes
0
Direct bit order for both Phase C and for Phase B/D data.
[1]
Reversed bit order for Phase C data, direct Bit Order for Phase B/D data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 286 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.5 AT+FCIG
s
mobile
11.5
AT+FCIG Query or set the Local Polling ID
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCIG=?
Response(s)
(max. length of Local Polling ID string) (range of supported ASCII character values)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCIG?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FCIG=<id>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Parameter Description
<id>(num)
Local Polling ID string, max. length and possible content as reported by test command. Default value is empty
string ("").
Notes
•
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 287 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.6 AT+FCLASS
s
mobile
11.6
AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service class
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCLASS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCLASS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FCLASS=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA/TIA-592-A
Command Description
The ME is set to a particular mode of operation (data, fax). This causes the MA to process information in a man-
ner suitable for that type of information.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
data (e.g. EIA/TIA-602 or ITU V.25ter)
1
2
Fax class 1 (EIA/TIA-578-A, Service Class 1)
Fax class 2 (EIA/TIA SP-2388, an early draft version of EIA/TIA-592-A - Ser-
vice class 2.1)
Notes
•
Using Error Correcting Mode (ECM) when sending FAXes over GSM should be avoided
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 288 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.6 AT+FCLASS
s
mobile
•
If <n>is set to 1 or 2, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls with ATA, if ATAis issued on multiplexer
channel 1 resp. ASC0. For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail with result
code "NO CARRIER", but the call in question will continue to ring.
It is possible to change the setting of <n>to 0 while the call is ringing, and accept the call normally afterwards
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 289 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.7 AT+FCQ
s
mobile
11.7
AT+FCQ Copy Quality Checking
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCQ?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FCQ=<cq>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command controls Copy Quality checking when receiving a fax.
Parameter Description
<cq>(num)
0
No copy quality checking. The ME will generate Copy Quality OK (MCF)
responses to complete pages.
[1]
ME can check 1-D phase data. The connected application must check copy
quality for 2-D phase C data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 290 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.8 AT+FCR
s
mobile
11.8
AT+FCR Capability to receive
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FCR=<cr>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Parameter Description
<cr>(num)
[0]
ME will not receive message data. This can be used when the application has
insufficient storage. The ME can send and can be polled for a file.
1
ME can receive message data.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 291 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.9 AT+FDCC
s
mobile
11.9
AT+FDCC Query or set capabilities
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FDCC=?
Response(s)
(list of <vr>s), (list of <br>s), (list of <wd>s), (list of <ln>s), (list of <df>s), (list of <ec>s), (list of <bf>s),
OK
Read Command
AT+FDCC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command allows the connected application to sense and constrain the capabilities of the facsimile DCE
(=ME), from the choices defined in CCITT T.30 Table 2.
Notes
•
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 292 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.10 AT+FDFFC
s
mobile
11.10 AT+FDFFC Data Compression Format Conversion
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FDFFC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FDFFC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FDFFC=<df>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This parameter determines the ME response to a mismatch between the data format negotiated for the fax ses-
sion, reported by the <df>subparameter, and the Phase C data desired by the controlling application, indicated
Parameter Description
<df>(num)
[0]
Mismatch checking is always disabled. The controlling application has to check
Notes
•
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 293 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.11 AT+FDIS
s
mobile
11.11 AT+FDIS Query or set session parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FDIS=?
Response(s)
(list of <vr>s), (list of <br>s), (list of <wd>s), (list of <ln>s), (list of <df>s), (list of <ec>s), (list of <bf>s),
OK
Read Command
AT+FDIS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command allows the controlling application to sense and constrain the capabilities used for the current ses-
sion. It uses AT+FDISto generate DIS or DTC messages directly, and uses AT+FDISand received DIS mes-
sages to generate DCS messages.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 294 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.12 AT+FDR
s
mobile
11.12 AT+FDR Begin or continue phase C data reception
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FDR
Response(s)
CONNECT
or
OK
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
The command initiates transition to Phase C data reception.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 295 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.13 AT+FDT
s
mobile
11.13 AT+FDT Data Transmission
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FDT
Response(s)
CONNECT
Write Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command requests the ME to transmit a Phase C page. When the ME is ready to accept Phase C data, it
issues the negotiation responses and the CONNECT result code to the application.
In Phase B, the AT+FDTcommand releases the ME to proceed with negotiation, and releases the DCS message
to the remote station. In Phase C, the AT+FDTcommand resumes transmission after the end of a data stream
transmited before.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 296 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.14 AT+FET
s
mobile
11.14 AT+FET End a page or document
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FET=<ppm>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command indicates that the current page or partial page is complete. An ERROR response code results if
this command is issued while the mode is on-hook.
Parameter Description
<ppm>(num)
Post Page Message Codes
1
2
4
5
another document next
no more pages or documents
another page, procedure interrupt
another document, procedure interrupt
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 297 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.15 AT+FK
s
mobile
11.15 AT+FK Kill operation, orderly FAX abort
Syntax
Exec Command
AT+FK
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Command Description
This command causes the TA to terminate the session in an orderly manner.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 298 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.16 AT+FLID
s
mobile
11.16 AT+FLID Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FLID=?
Response(s)
(max. character length of Local ID string) (range of supported ASCII character values)
OK
Read Command
AT+FLID?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FLID=<lid>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Parameter Description
<lid>(num)
Local ID string
max. length and possible content as reported by test command. Default value is empty string ("").
Notes
•
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 299 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.17 AT+FMDL
s
mobile
11.17 AT+FMDL Identify Product Model
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FMDL?
Response(s)
Gipsy Soft Protocolstack
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Send the model identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 300 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.18 AT+FMFR
s
mobile
11.18 AT+FMFR Request Manufacturer Identification
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FMFR?
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Send the manufacturer identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 301 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.19 AT+FOPT
s
mobile
11.19 AT+FOPT Set bit order independently
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FOPT=<opt>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Model specific command to set bit order independently of the understanding which is "mirrored" and which is
direct.
Parameter Description
<opt>(num)
0
1
non-standard
standard
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 302 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.20 AT+FPHCTO
s
mobile
11.20 AT+FPHCTO DTE Phase C Response Timeout
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FPHCTO?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FPHCTO=<tout>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
The time-out value <tout>determines how long the DCE will wait for a command after reaching the end of data
when transmitting in Phase C. When time-out is reached, the DCE assumes that there are no more pages or
documents to send.
Parameter Description
<tout>(num)
Timeout
Value in 100ms units
0...30(P)...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 303 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.21 AT+FREV
s
mobile
11.21 AT+FREV Identify Product Revision
Syntax
Read Command
AT+FREV?
Response(s)
V2.550
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Sends the revision identification to the TA.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 304 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.22 AT+FRH
s
mobile
11.22 AT+FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FRH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
This command causes the TA to receive frames using the HDLC protocol and the modulation defined below. An
ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the modem is on-hook.
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 305 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.23 AT+FRM
s
mobile
11.23 AT+FRM Receive Data
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FRM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FRM=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
This command causes the TA to enter the receiver-mode using the modulation defined below. An ERROR
response code results if this command is issued while the modem is on-hook.
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 306 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.24 AT+FRS
s
mobile
11.24 AT+FRS Receive Silence
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FRS=<time>
Response(s)
OK
If error related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
<time>=n causes the TA to report an OK result code to the TE after <time>10 millisecond intervals of silence
have been detected on the line. This command is aborted if any character is received by the DTE. The modem
discards the aborting character and issues an OK result code. An ERROR response code results if this command
is issued while the mode is on-hook
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
no. of 10 millisecond intervals
0...255
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 307 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.25 AT+FTH
s
mobile
11.25 AT+FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FTH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
This command causes the TA to transmit data using HDLC protocol and the modulation mode defined below. An
ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the modem is on-hook
Notes
•
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 308 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.26 AT+FTM
s
mobile
11.26 AT+FTM Transmit Data
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FTM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FTM=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
This command causes the TA to transmit data using the modulation mode defined below. An ERROR response
code results if this command is issued while the modem is on-hook.
Notes
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 309 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.27 AT+FTS
s
mobile
11.27 AT+FTS Stop Transmission and Wait
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FTS=<time>
Response(s)
An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the modem is on-
hook.
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
TIA/EIA-578
Command Description
This command causes the TA to terminate a transmission and wait for <time>10 millisecond intervals before
responding with the OK result code to the DTE.
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
no. of 10 millisecond intervals
0...85
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 1 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 310 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
11.28 AT+FVRFC
s
mobile
11.28 AT+FVRFC Vertical resolution format conversion
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FVRFC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FVRFC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FVRFC=<vrfc>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
EIA PN-2388
Command Description
This command determines the DCE response to a mismatch between the vertical resolution negotiated for the
facsimile session and the Phase C data desired by the DTE.
Parameter Description
<vrfc>(num)
0
Disable mismatch checking.
[2]
Enable mismatch checking, with resolution conversion of 1-D data in the DCE,
Note
•
Used for Fax Class 2 only
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 311 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12. Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
s
mobile
12.
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow an external application to use the Short Message Service with
the MC55.
12.1
SMS parameters
Parameter Description
<ackpdu>(num)
Format is same for <pdu>in case of SMS, but without GSM 24.11 SC address field and parameter shall be
bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type rarameter
<alpha>(str)(+CSCS)
String type alphanumeric representation of <da>or <oa>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; imple-
mentation of this feature is manufacturer specific
<cdata>(num)
Command Data
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Data in text mode responses; ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65))
<ct>(num)
Command Type
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
[0]...255
<da>(num)(+CSCS)
Destination Address
GSM 03.40 TP- Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alpha-
bet characters) are converted into characters; type of address given by <toda>
<data>(num)(+CSCS)
User Data
In case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
• If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo>indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-
Data-Header-Indication is not set: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to
rules covered in Annex A.
• If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo>indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-
User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers con-taining
two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
In case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
• If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE
character set according to rules covered in Annex A.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 312 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.1 SMS parameters
s
mobile
• If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexa-
decimal numbers containing two IRA characters.
<dt>(num)
Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz", where characters indicate year
(two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. For example, 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00
GMT+2 hours equals "94/05/06,22:10:00+08"
<index>(num)
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<length>(num)
Message Length
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or
<cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the
RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS
depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 char-
acters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
If the SMS message format is ''text mode'' (AT+CMGF=1) and the character set is set to ''UCS2'' with AT+CSCS
and the SMS is also coded as "UCS2" (see <dcs>of AT+CSMP), then the length is in octets instead of charac-
ters.
<mem1>(str)
Memory to be used when listing, reading and deleting messages:
“SM“
SIM message storage
“ME“
“MT“(D)
Mobile Equipment message storage
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem2>(str)
Memory to be used when writing and sending messages:
“SM“
SIM message storage
“ME“
Mobile Equipment message storage
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
“MT“(D)
<mem3>(str)
Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if routing to TE is not set. See command AT+CNMI
“SM“
SIM message storage
“MT“(D)
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mid>(num)
Message Identifier
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 313 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.1 SMS parameters
s
mobile
<mn>(num)
Message Number
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
<mr>(num)
Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<oa>(num)(+CSCS)
Originating Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alpha-
bet characters) are converted into characters; type of address given by <tooa>
<page>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
<pages>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format
<pdu>(num)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA con-
verts each octet of TP data unit into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: <ra>GSM 03.40 TP-
Recipient-Address Ad-dress-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters)
are converted into characters; type of address given by <tora>
<ra>(num)(+CSCS)
Recipient Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet
characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command
<sca>(num)(+CSCS)
Service Center Address
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet char-
acters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command AT+CSCS); type
of address given by <tosca>
<scts>(num)
Service Centre Time Stamp
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 314 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.1 SMS parameters
s
mobile
<sn>(num)
Serial Number
GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
<st>(num)
Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0...255
<stat>(str)
Message status
3GPP 27.005 Interface of SMS and CB. Indicates the status of message in memory.
Description
Default
Received unread mes-
sages
"REC UNREAD"
0
for SMS reading com-
mands
Received read messages "REC READ"
Stored unsent messages "STO UNSENT"
1
2
for SMS writing com-
mands
Stored sent messages
All messages
"STO SENT"
"ALL"
3
4
<toda>(num)
Type of Destination Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da>is +
(IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)
0...255
<tooa>(num)
Type of Originating Address
<tora>(num)
Type of Recipient Address
<tosca>(num)
Type of Service Center Address
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 315 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.2 AT+CMGC
s
mobile
12.2
AT+CMGC Send an SMS command
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Notes
•
before entering text or PDU. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
•
At baudrates below 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to ATS3, default
<CR>) before entering the text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the response format-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 316 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.3 AT+CMGD
s
mobile
12.3
AT+CMGD Delete SMS message
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
Note
•
If there is no SMS stored at the selected index, the response is OK too.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 317 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.4 AT+CMGF
s
mobile
12.4
AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
Response(s)
+CMGF: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGF=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write command specifies the input and output format of the short messages.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
PDU mode
Text mode
1
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 318 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.5 AT+CMGL
s
mobile
12.5
AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CMGL
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
For SMS- SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 319 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.5 AT+CMGL
s
mobile
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Notes
•
TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types.
TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter.
•
•
set to 1.
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the SMS read
commands will result in ''+CME Error: 14'' (SIM busy)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 320 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.6 AT+CMGR
s
mobile
12.6
AT+CMGR Read SMS messages
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>
Response(s)
For SMS-DELIVER
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 321 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.6 AT+CMGR
s
mobile
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
TE. If status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Notes
•
•
•
set to 1.
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the SMS read
commands will result in ''+CME Error: 14'' (SIM busy)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 322 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.7 AT+CMGS
s
mobile
12.7
AT+CMGS Send SMS message
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails see notes below.
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails see notes below.
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write command transmits a short message from TE to network (SMS-SUBMIT).
After invoking the write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. To send the mes-
sage simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort sending use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be sent.
The message reference <mr>is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. The value can be used to
identify the message in a delivery status report provided as an unsolicited result code.
Notes
•
If sending fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code depends on the current setting of the
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 323 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.7 AT+CMGS
s
mobile
If the AT^SM20<CmgwMode>equals 1 (factory default) any failure to send a message is responded with "OK".
Users should be aware, that despite the "OK" response, the message will not be sent to the subscriber.
•
If sending fails due to timeout, then
•
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short message. A widely used alternative
is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40 (GPP TS 23.40).
All characters entered behind the prompt ">" will be recognized as GSM characters. For example, "Back-
space" (ASCII character 8) does not delete a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an addi-
tional physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text, plus the GSM
code equivalent of the Backspace key.
•
•
In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the
7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
At baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to <n>of
ATS3, default <CR>) before entering text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Confidential / Released
Page 324 of 469
2/10/04
MC55 AT Command Set
12.8 AT+CMGW
s
mobile
12.8
AT+CMGW Write SMS messages to memory
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGW=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CMGW
Response(s)
<CR> Text can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails see notes below.
Write Command
Response(s)
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails see notes below.
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 325 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.8 AT+CMGW
s
mobile
Command Description
The execute and write commands transmit SMS (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) from TE to memory
storage <mem2>. Memory location <index>of the stored message is returned. Message status will be set to
After invoking the execute or write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. To save
the message simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort writing use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be saved.
Notes
•
If writing fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code depends on the current setting of the
If the AT^SM20<CmgwMode>=1 (factory default) any failure to send a message is responded with "OK". Users
should be aware, that despite the "OK" response, the message will not be written to the selected SMS stor-
age.
•
If writing fails due to timeout, then
•
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short message. A widely used alternative
is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40 (GPP TS 23.40).
For baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to ATS3=
<n>, default <CR>) before entering the text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the
•
•
SMS-COMMANDs and SMS-STATUS-REPORTs cannot be stored in text mode.
All characters entered behind the ">" prompt will be recognized as GSM characters. For example, "Back-
space" (ASCII character 8) does not delete a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an addi-
tional physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text, plus the GSM
code equivalent of the Backspace key.
•
•
In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the
7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
The length of 8-bit data coded short messages has to be greater than 0.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 326 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.9 AT+CMSS
s
mobile
12.9
AT+CMSS Send SMS messages from storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMSS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write command sends message with location value <index>from message storage <mem2>to the network
instead of the one stored with the message. Reference value <mr>is returned to the TE on successful message
delivery. Value can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code.
If the optional parameter <da>is given, the old status of the short message at <index>remains unchanged
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 327 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.10 AT+CNMA
s
mobile
12.10 AT+CNMA New SMS message acknowledge to ME/TE, only
phase 2+
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMA=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CNMA
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT+CNMA=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write / execute command confirms successful receipt of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-
REPORT) routed directly to the TE. TA shall not send another +CMT or +CDS result code to TE until previous
one is acknowledged. If ME does not receive acknowledgment within required time (network time-out), ME sends
RP-ERROR to the network. TA shall automatically disable routing to TE by setting both <mt>and <ds>values
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Parameter is only required for PDU mode. Command operates similarly as in
text mode
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 328 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.10 AT+CNMA
s
mobile
Notes
•
2+).
•
•
Both the execute and the write command can be used no matter whether text mode or PDU mode is activated.
If multiplex mode is activated (AT+CMUX=0) the AT+CNMIparameter will be set to zero on all channels, if one
channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required time.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 329 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.11 AT+CNMI
s
mobile
12.11 AT+CNMI New SMS message indications
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMI=?
Response(s)
+CNMI: (list of supported<mode>s), (list of supported <mt>s), (list of supported <bm>s), (list of supported
OK
Read Command
AT+CNMI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
<mt>=1:
Indicates that new message has been received
URC 2
<mt>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new message has been received
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 330 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.11 AT+CNMI
s
mobile
URC 3
<mt>=2 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new message has been received
URC 4
<bm>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC 5
<bm>=2 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC 6
<ds>=1 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
URC 7
<ds>=1 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
URC 8
<ds>=2:
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
Command Description
The write command selects the procedure how the receipt of new SMS messages from the network is indicated
to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF), message receiving
should be done as specified in GSM 03.38. If the DTR signal is not available or the state of the signal is ignored
(V.25ter command AT&D0, reliable message transfer can be assured by using AT+CNMAacknowledgment pro-
cedure. The rules <mt>=2 and <mt>=3 for storing received SM are possible only if phase 2+ compatibility is acti-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)
[0](&F)
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indica-
tions can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be dis-
carded and replaced with the new received indications.
1
Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes
when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward
them directly to the TE.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 331 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.11 AT+CNMI
s
mobile
2
3
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise for-
ward them directly to the TE.
Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband
technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data
mode.
<mt>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received SMS depend on the relevant data coding method (refer to GSM 03.38), preferred
Note: If AT command interface is acting as the only display device, the ME must support storage of class 0 mes-
sages and messages in the message waiting indication group (discard message)
[0](&F)
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1
If SMS-DELIVER is stored in ME/TA, indication of the memory location is
routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
2
3
SMS-DELIVERs, except class 2 messages and messages in the message
waiting indication group (store message) are routed directly to the TE using
unsolicited result code:
Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result
<bm>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received CBMs depend on the relevant data coding method (refer to GSM 03.38), the setting
[0](&F)
No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2
3
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined
<ds>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1
2
SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
If SMS-STATUS-REPORT is routed into ME/TA, indication of the memory
location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
<bfr>(num)(&W)(&V)
[1](&F)
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared
<index>(num)
integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
Notes
•
Each time an SMS or Cell Broadcast Message is received, the Ring Line goes Logic "1" for one second.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 332 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.11 AT+CNMI
s
mobile
•
•
Due to GSM 03.38 the ME treats short messages with message class 0 as though there was no message
class, i.e. it will ignore bits 0 and 1 in the TP-DCS and normal rules for memory capacity exceeded shall apply.
•
•
Requirements specific to Multiplex mode:
and <ds>on the other channels have to be set to zero. If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged,
•
Handling of Class 0 short messages: If the host application is provided with a display and AT^SSDA=1 has
been set Class 0 short messages can be displayed immediately. If the host application does not include a
display, ME handles Class 0 short messages as though there was no message class, i.e. it will ignore bits 0
and 1 in the <dcs>and normal rules for exceeded memory capacity shall apply. This approach is compliant
with GSM 03.38 .
•
•
If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged, all AT+CNMIparameter in all channels will be set to
zero.
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUX channels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating SMS. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE (set
with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMERor AT+CNMI
on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface,
will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 333 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.12 AT+CPMS
s
mobile
12.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPMS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write command selects memory storages <mem1>,<mem2>, <mem3>to be used for reading, writing, etc.
Parameter Description
<used1>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem1>
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 334 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.12 AT+CPMS
s
mobile
<used2>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem2>
<used3>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem3>
<total1>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem1>
<total2>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem2>
<total3>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem3>
Notes
•
•
''MT'' is the sum of ''ME'' (= 25 locations) and ''SM'' (capacity varies with SIM card). The indices <index>of
the ''MT'' storage are dependent on the order selected with AT^SSMSS
•
•
The user should be aware that the setting ''MT'' involves ''ME'' and ''SM'', with ''ME'' being filled up first. If the
''ME'' storage is full, MC55 will proceed with the ''SM'' storage.
Incoming Class 1 short messages (ME specific) will be preferably stored to ''ME'' and may be transferred to
the ''SM'' storage if ''ME'' is used up.
Incoming Class 2 messages (SIM specific) will be stored to the SIM card only, no matter whether or not there
is free ''ME'' space. As a result, the ^SMGO: 2 indication (see AT^SMGO) may be presented without prior indi-
cation of ^SMGO: 1. For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to <dcs>
and the following specifications: GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS23038.
•
When <mem3>is switched over from ''MT'' to ''SM'' all free ''ME'' locations will be filled with dummy short mes-
sages. This procedure can take up to 35 seconds, until all the 25 records are written.
If switching from ''MT'' to ''SM'' was not finished due to error or user break, the value of <mem3>remains ''MT'',
but some of the dummy records remain in the ''ME'' storage. These records have to be deleted manually.
When <mem3>equals ''SM'', do not delete the dummy messages in the ''ME''. storage. They will be automat-
ically deleted when you switch back from ''SM'' to ''MT''. Again, this may take up to 35 seconds.
If switching from ''SM'' to ''MT'' was not finished due to an error or user break, the value of <mem3>remains
''SM'', but the ''ME'' storage will no longer be filled with dummy records. New incoming short messages may
now be written to the ''ME'' storage, if ''SM'' is already full. To avoid this, repeat the AT+CPMScommand as
soon as possible to switch <mem3> back to ''MT''. As an alternative, you can manually delete the dummy
•
•
Multiplexer: In Multiplex mode or when the two physical serial interfaces are connected, the parameter
<mem3>will be the same on all instances, but the settings of <mem1>and <mem2>may vary on each channel
/ interface. As a result, changes on parameter <mem1>and/or <mem2>befor activating the multiplexer or dif-
ferences values for other instanes can result in not desired behaviours like different outputs for AT+CMGLand
so on.
While <mem3>equals ''SM'' and <mem1>equals ''ME'' it is possible that, after deleting short messages from
''ME'', the freed space on ''ME'' is reclaimed for new incoming short messages, when there is no space left on
the ''SM'' storage. As it is often the clients concern to have received short messages stored only to the SIM
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 335 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.12 AT+CPMS
s
mobile
card, inconsistent settings should be generally avoided. This can be achieved simply by using the same
parameter for all memory indices.
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Confidential / Released
Page 336 of 469
2/10/04
MC55 AT Command Set
12.13 AT+CSCA
s
mobile
12.13 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
Write command updates the SMSC address, through which mobile originated SMs are transmitted. In text mode,
setting is used by send and write commands. In PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only
Notes
•
•
•
This command writes the service centre address to non-volatile memo
The SMS service centre address should be entered as specified by the service provider
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 337 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.14 AT+CSCB
s
mobile
12.14 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCB=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
Test command returns supported modes as a compound value.
Write command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Message mode
[0]
1
<mids>(str)
Cell Broadcast Message ID specification
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 338 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.14 AT+CSCB
s
mobile
• For <mode>=0: Six different possible combinations of CBM IDs (e.g. "0,1,5,320-478,922,2000-3000"), default
is empty string.
In certain configurations, e.g. if using SIMs that contain data in Elementary File EF-CBMID (Cell Broadcast
Message Identifier for Data download) less than six combinations may be available.
<dcss>(str)
CBM data coding scheme specification
All different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (e.g. "0-3,5"). Using default empty string leads
to get all CBMs independent of their dcss.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 339 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.15 AT+CSDH
s
mobile
12.15 AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSDH=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSDH?
Response(s)
+CSDH:<show>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSDH=<show>
Response(s)
+CSDH: <show>
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
Write command sets whether or not detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes.
Parameter Description
<show>(num)(&W)
[0](&F)
SMS-SUBMITs in text mode; for SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code, do
1
Show the values in result codes
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 340 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.16 AT+CSMP
s
mobile
12.16 AT+CSMP Set SMS text mode parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMP?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
+CSMP: <index>
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Command Description
The write command selects values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed
in a storage when text format message mode is selected.
It is possible to set the validity period starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC (<vp>is in range 0...
255) or define the absolute time of the validity period termination (<vp>is a string). The format of <vp>is given
by <fo>. If TA supports the enhanced validity period format, see GSM 03.40), it shall be given as a hexadecimal
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 341 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.16 AT+CSMP
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<fo>(num)
First Octet
depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format
0...17(&F)...255
<vp>(num)
Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format or in time-
0...167(&F)...255
<dcs>(num)
Data Coding Scheme
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme, or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
0(&F)...247
<pid>(num)
Protocol Identifier
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
0
(&F)...255
Notes
•
•
When storing a SMS DELIVER from the TE to the preferred memory storage in text mode (using the AT+CMGW
The command writes the parameters to the non-volatile memory.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 342 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.17 AT+CSMS
s
mobile
12.17 AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
Parameter Description
<service>(num)
0
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible
with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require
new command syntax may be supported, e.g. correct routing of messages with
new Phase 2+ data coding schemes)
1
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible
mentioned under corresponding command descriptions).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 343 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.17 AT+CSMS
s
mobile
<mt>(num)
Mobile Terminated Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
<mo>(num)
Mobile Originated Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
<bm>(num)
Broadcast Type Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
Notes
•
specific a '+CMS ERROR: unknown error' will appear. It is recommended to switch the AT+CNMIParameters
to Phase 2 specific values before entering Phase 2.
•
- Configuring procedures for indicating received short messages with the AT+CNMIparameters <mt>=2 or
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 344 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.18 AT^SLMS
s
mobile
12.18 AT^SLMS List SMS Memory Storage
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLMS
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The execute command indicates the maximum capacity of each SMS storage type and the number of locations
currently used.
Parameter Description
<total1>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the SIM (physical storage "SM")
<total2>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the Mobile Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<total3>(num)
Sum of "SM" and "ME", indicated as "MT". Maximum number of all messages storable in the SIM memory and
the Mobile Equipment memory.
<used1>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the SIM (physical storage "SM")
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 345 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.18 AT^SLMS
s
mobile
<used2>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the Mobile Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<used3>(num)
Concatenated logical SMS storages of SIM ("SM") and Mobile Equipment ("ME"). Sum of all messages currently
stored, indicated as "MT".
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 346 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.19 AT^SMGL
s
mobile
12.19 AT^SMGL List SMS messages from preferred store without set-
ting status to REC READ
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGL=?
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
Exec Command
AT^SMGL
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The write command allows to select a status type and lists, from the message storage <mem1>, all messages
that currently have the specified <stat>. The major difference over the standard command AT+CMGLis that the
status of the listed messages remains u n c h a n g e d (unread remains unread).
Notes
•
TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types.
TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter.
•
This command can be used only after the SMS data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the sms read
commands will result in ''+CME Error: 14'' (SIM busy)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 347 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.20 AT^SMGO
s
mobile
12.20 AT^SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or
query SMS overflow
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SMGO?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT^SMGO=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
SMS buffer change:
^SMGO: <mode>
Status of SMS buffer has changed.
Command Description
The read command returns overflow presentation mode and SMS overflow status
The write command sets overflow presentation mode
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 348 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.20 AT^SMGO
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
SMS overflow presentation mode
[0](&F)
disable
1
enable
<mode>(num)(&V)
SMS overflow status
0
1
space available
AT+CPMS.)
2
Buffer full and new message waiting in SC for delivery to phone
Notes
•
•
Incoming short messages with message class 1 (ME specific short messages) or class 2 (SM specific short
messages), see <dcs> in GSM 03.38, will be stored either in ''ME'' or in ''SM'' storage. Therefore the
"^SMGO:2" indication could occur, without issuing the indication "^SMGO:1" before. The indication "^SMGO:1"
means that both buffers (''ME'' and ''SM'') are full.
For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to <dcs>and the following spec-
ifications: GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS 23.038 .
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 349 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.21 AT^SMGR
s
mobile
12.21 AT^SMGR Read SMS message without setting status to REC
READ
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGR=?
Response(s)
^SMGR:
OK
Write Command
AT^SMGR=<index>
Response(s)
see AT+CMGR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Notes
•
sage. The only difference is that the status ''REC UNREAD'' of a short message is not overwritten to ''REC
READ''.
•
This command can be used only after the sms data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the sms read
commands will result in ''+CME Error: 14'' (SIM busy)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 350 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.22 AT^SSCONF
s
mobile
12.22 AT^SSCONF SMS Configuration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSCONF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSCONF?
Response(s)
^SSCONF:<ra>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSCONF=<ra>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The write command servies to control the presentation of the recipient address parameters <ra>and <tora>.
Parameter Description
<ra>(num)
display recipient address
[0](&F)
1
Notes
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 351 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.23 AT^SSDA
s
mobile
12.23 AT^SSDA Set SMS Display Availability
This command allows to notify the MC55 of its controlling application's capability to immediately display incoming
SMS on a display.
If the application is able to display incoming SMS, class 0 SMS shall be displayed immediately. However, if it
If multiplex mode is enabled (AT+CMUX) and <da>=1 with <mt>=1 is set on any logical channel, all other chan-
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSDA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSDA?
Response(s)
^SSDA:<da>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSDA=<da>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The read command returns ME's current capability setting.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 353 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.23 AT^SSDA
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<da>(num)
Display Availability
0(&F)
Application is not able to display incoming SMS
Application is able to display incoming SMS
1
Note
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUXchannels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating SMS. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE (set
with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMERor AT+CNMI
on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface,
will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 354 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
12.24 AT^SSMSS
s
mobile
12.24 AT^SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSMSS=?
Response(s)
Read Command
AT^SSMSS?
Response(s)
^SSMSS: <seq>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSMSS=<seq>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The short message storage ''MT'' (see AT+CPMS) is a logical storage. It consists of two physical storages ''ME''
and ''SM''. This command allows to select the sequence of addressing this storage.
Parameter Description
<seq>(num)
MT sequence
0(&F)
''MT'' storage is ''ME'' then ''SM
''MT'' storage is ''SM'' then ''ME''
1
Note
•
Access to the SIM storage is faster. For compatibility with previous software re-leases, the ''MT'' sequence
<seq>=0 is the factory default.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 355 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13. SIM related Commands
s
mobile
13.
SIM related Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the Subscriber Identity Modul (SIM) connected to the
MC55.
13.1
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRSM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
By using this command the TE has access to Elementary Files on the SIM. Access to the SIM database is
As response to the command the ME sends the current SIM information parameters and response data. ME error
result code +CME ERROR may be returned if the command cannot be passed to the SIM, e.g. if the SIM is not
inserted. However, errors related to SIM data are reported in <sw1>and <sw2>parameters as defined in GSM
11.11.
Parameter Description
<command>(num)
All values not listed below are reserved; refer GSM 11.11.
176
READ BINARY
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 356 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13.1 AT+CRSM
s
mobile
178
192
214
220
242
READ RECORD
GET RESPONSE
UPDATE BINARY
UPDATE RECORD
STATUS
<fileID>(num)
this is the identifier for an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for every command except STATUS
<P1>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<P2>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<P3>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the ME to the SIM; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<data>(str)
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format)
<sw1>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. These parameters are delivered
to the TE in both cases, on successful or failed execution of the command; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<sw2>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. These parameters are delivered
to the TE in both cases, on successful or failed execution of the command; refer GSM 11.11.
0...255
<response>(str)
Response of a successful completion of the previously issued command.
STATUS and GET RESPONSE commands return data, which gives information about the current elementary
datafield. This information includes the type of file and its size (refer GSM 51.011).
After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data will be returned.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 357 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13.2 AT^SCKS
s
mobile
13.2
AT^SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
This command controls the SIM connection presentation mode and queries the connection status of the SIM and
the card holder tray of the MC55.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCKS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCKS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SCKS=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
^SCKS: <SimStatus>
During startup, and if the MC55's SIM connection status has changed an unsolicited result code (URC) is issued.
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode and the status of the SIM card connection.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 358 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13.2 AT^SCKS
s
mobile
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report whether or not the SIM card is con-
nected.
If the ME is powered down or reset (AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) the current presentation mode setting <mode>will
not be retained. Therefore the setting <mode>=1 needs to be restored after power on the MC55 or may be saved
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Suppress unsolicited result codes
Output unsolicited result codes
1
<SimStatus>(num)(&V)
0
1
Card holder tray removed or SIM connection error
SIM inserted(refer to note)
Note
• <SimStatus>reflects the status of the SIM and the card holder tray. Therefore if an empty SIM card tray is
inserted, two URCs will be presented, indicating the status 1 followed by 0, i.e. a SIM is inserted into the card
holder tray but no SIM connection could be established.
Example
AT^SCKS=1
OK
Activates the presentation of unsolicited result codes
Now, after inserting an empty card tray the following URCs appear:
^SCKS: 1
^SCKS: 0
Tray connected
No SIM card found
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 359 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13.3 AT^SCID
s
mobile
13.3
AT^SCID Display SIM card identification number
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCID
Response(s)
^SCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EFICCID, see GSM 11.11 Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Parameter Description
<cid>(str)
card identification number of SIM card
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 360 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
13.4 AT+CXXCID
s
mobile
13.4
AT+CXXCID Display card ID
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CXXCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CXXCID
Response(s)
+CXXCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EF ICCID, see GSM 11.11 Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Note
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 361 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14. SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
s
mobile
14.
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
This chapter offers a brief reference of commands and responses related to the MC55's SIM Application Toolkit
(SAT) implementation. Detailed information is available with the document "Remote-SAT User Guide" [4]. Please
contact the Wireless Modules Application Engineering Department at Siemens AG for details.
SAT allows for the execution of applications provided by a Subsciber Identity Module (SIM). Usually SIM cards
are used for storing GSM network provider and user specific data, e.g. phonebook entries and Short Messages
(SMS). However, a SIM card may also hold a SIM Application.
Since the MC55 has SAT functionality it is able to execute the commands issued by applications implemented
on a network provider specific SIM card.
Two groups of commands are used between the ME and the SIM Application:
•
•
Proactive Commands are issued to the MC55's SAT from the SIM Application, such as "DISPLAY TEXT".
Envelope Commands are responded to the SIM Application from the MC55, such as "MENU SELECTION".
14.1
AT^SSTA SAT Interface Activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTA?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 362 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14.1 AT^SSTA
s
mobile
Command Description
The read command can be used to request the current operating status and the used alphabet of the Remote-
SAT interface.
The write command is used to activate the AT command interface of the SIM Application Toolkit in the MC55 and
needs to be issued after every power on. However, removing and inserting the SIM does not affect the activation
status.
SAT commands which are not using the AT interface (non MMI related SAT commands , e.g. PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION) could be executed without activating Remote-SAT.
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
MC55 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
<Alphabet>(num)
0
GSM character set
Input of a character requests one byte, e.g. "Y".
1
UCS2
To display the 16 bit value of characters represented in UCS2 alphabet a 4 byte
string is required, e.g. "0059" is coding the character "Y". For details please
refer to ISO/IEC 10646.
<allowedInstance>(num)
0
SAT is already used on another instance (logical channel in case of the multi-
plex protocol). Only test and read commands can be used.
1
SAT may be started on this instance via the write version of this command.
<SatProfile>(str)
The profile tells the SIM Application which features (e.g. proactive commands) are supported by the SIM Appli-
cation Toolkit implementation of the MC55.
<mode>(num)
1
Activate Remote-SAT
Note
•
To limit the time Remote-SAT is kept in states PAC or WAIT any ongoing (but unanswered) Proactive Com-
mand is automatically aborted after 10 minutes with Terminal Response "ME currently unable to process com-
mand" or "No response from user" if applicable. An URC "Terminate Proactive Command" will be send to the
external application in this case, too.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 363 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14.2 ^SSTN
s
mobile
14.2
^SSTN SAT Notification
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Proactive Command notification
^SSTN: <cmdType>
Every time the SIM Application issues a Proactive Command, via the ME, the TA will receive a notification.
This indicates the type of Proactive Command issued.
the Proactive Command and provide any required user response, e.g. a selected menu item.
URC 2
Terminate Proactive Command notification
^SSTN: <cmdTerminateValue>
When the SIM application has issued a Proactive Command to the ME, it is possible that this command will
be terminated later. URC "^SSTN" is sent with a different Proactive Command type number (added terminate
offset 100) to indicate the termination of the specified command.
The state changes to idle. Therefore the TA should avoid sending any further commands related to the ter-
URC 3
Notification that SIM Application has returned to main menu
^SSTN: 254
Notification to the TA when the SIM Application has finished a command cycle and again enters its main
menue, which was transferred with an URC "^SSTN: 37" (SET UP MENU) at start up.
This URC should be used to open this menue on the sreen.
URC 4
SIM reset notification
^SSTN: 255
Notification to the TA if a Proactive Command "REFRESH - SIM Reset" has been issued by the SIM Applica-
This URC should be used to set the TAs application to its initial state since the SIM Application will start from
the beginning, too.
The TA does not need to respond directly, i.e. related AT^SSTGI and AT^SSTR are neither required nor
allowed.
Since the ME is still busy on SIM access the ME may respond with "+CME ERROR: SIM blocked" or "+CME
ERROR: SIM busy" on following PIN required AT Commands for a while. Then TA shall retry until the ME
responds with "OK". The time needed for this process depends on the SIM and may take more than 10 sec-
onds.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 364 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14.3 AT^SSTGI
s
mobile
14.3
AT^SSTGI SAT Get Information
Regularly this command is used upon receipt of an URC "^SSTN" to request the parameters of the Proactive
Command.
Then the TA is expected to acknowledge the AT^SSTGIresponse with AT^SSTRto confirm that the Proactive
Command has been executed. AT^SSTRwill also provide any user information, e.g. a selected menu item.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTGI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTGI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SSTGI=<cmdType>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
MC55 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 366 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14.4 AT^SSTR
s
mobile
14.4
AT^SSTR SAT Response
The TA is expected to acknowledge the AT^SSTGIresponse with AT^SSTRto confirm that the Proactive Com-
mand has been executed.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTR?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
MC55 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 368 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
14.4 AT^SSTR
s
mobile
<cmdType>(num)
<status>(num)
Command status return regarding the type of action that has taken place, e.g. action performed by the user.
<inputNumber>(num)
Response number entered by user
<inputString>(str)
Response string entered by user
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 369 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15. Phonebook Commands
s
mobile
15.
Phonebook Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to access the phonebooks located in
the MC55's memory or on the attached Subscriber Identity Modul (SIM).
15.1
Sort Order for Phonebooks
Due to the support of UCS2 for the <text>part of phonebook entries, the sort order for phonebook records fol-
lows the algorithm published as Unicode Technical Standard #10, "Unicode Collation Algorithm".
A memory-optimized version of the proposed collation tables "[AllKeys]" from Unicode Technical Standard #10
is used in order to determine collation weights for Code points between 0000 and 06FF, and composed keys are
used for Code points from ranges 0700 to 33FF, A000 to D7FF and E000 to FFFD. Code Points not referenced
in these tables will be assigned a default collation weight with their unicode value as level 1 weight. Decomposi-
tion is not supported.
Phonebook entries whose names contain only characters from the GSM07.07 default alphabet are converted
internally into their UCS2 equivalents in order to achieve consistent sorting results.
For the user, this means that:
•
Punctuation marks and other non-alphabetical characters from the common latin-based character sets, and
from the standard GSM character set, will be sorted before any alphabetical characters. The ordering in which
these marks appear as compared to other non-alphabetical characters from the same group is determined
by their collation weights and does not reflect their code values in the UCS2 or GSM alphabet tables above.
Please refer to www.unicode.org for detail.
•
•
Alphabetical characters from the common latin-based character sets, and from the standard GSM character
set, will be sorted according to their underlying base characters, plus the collation weights of their accent
signs.
Only collation levels 1 and 2 are regarded, so sorting is not case-sensitive.
Example: the european letters "Å" (GSM 0EH, UCS2 00C5h), "æ" (GSM 1DH, UCS2 00E6h), "ç" (GSM09h,
UCS2 00E7h), "a" (GSM 61H, UCS2 0061h ) and "b" (GSM 62H, UCS2 0062h) will be sorted in order "a", "Å",
"æ" "b","ç" although their numerical values in GSM and UCS2 suggest a different ordering.
Reference(s)
Unicode Technical Standard #10, "Unicode C
ollation Algorithm"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 370 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.2 AT+CPBR
s
mobile
15.2
AT+CPBR Read from Phonebook
This command serves to read one or more entries from the phonebook selected with AT command AT+CPBS.
It can be used only after the phonebook's data has been read from the SIM successfully. Reading starts after
successful SIM authentication has been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used.
While this read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook commands will result in "+CME
Error: SIM busy".
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
Command Description
The test command returns the location range supported by the current phonebook storage, the maximum length
of <number>field and the maximum length of <text>field. Note: Length information may not be available while
SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information, the format list contains empty parenthe-
sizes.
The write command determines the phonebook entry to be displayed with <location1>or a location range
be displayed.
If no entries are found at the selected location "OK" will be returned.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 371 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.2 AT+CPBR
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<location1>(num)
The first (lowest) location number within phonebook memory for which the corresponding entry is to be dis-
played. The supported range is given in the test command response.
respond with "+CME ERROR: INVALID INDEX".
<location2>(num)
The last (highest) location number within phonebook memory for which the corresponding entry is to be dis-
played. The supported range is given in the test command response.
If both <location1>and <location2>are in the range indicated by the test command with parameter <max-
loc>, the list of entries will be output and terminated with "OK".
If <location2>exceeds the range indicated by the test command with parameter <maxloc>, the list of entries
will be output but terminated with "+CME ERROR: INVALID INDEX".
<number>(str)
<type>(num)
Address type
145
209
ters saved with the number string.
ATD><mem><n> is not possible. For further detail, check the parameter
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to a phone number. The maximum length for this parameter is given with test command response
If using an ASCII terminal characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM have to be entered via
<maxloc>(num)
Maximum location number for the currently selected storage. For phonebooks located on the SIM this value
depends on the SIM card type.
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations. Depending on the storage a limited number of loca-
tions with extended memory is available per phonebook. These locations allow storing numbers with twice the
standard length, which is 2*<nlength> digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for numbers
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 372 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.2 AT+CPBR
s
mobile
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If <text>is given as GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet. If the <text>
string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha
field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [18]. As a worst case the number of UCS2 characters is less
than half the number of GSM characters. For a detailed description please refer to GSM 11.11, Annex B [18].
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
First run the test command to find out the maximum range of entries stored in the active phonebook
AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR:(1-100),20,17
MC55 returns the supported values, where 100 is the supported range of location numbers, 20 is the length
of the phone number and 17 is the maximum length of the associated text.
EXAMPLE 2
Then use the execute command to display the phonebook entries sorted by location numbers
AT+CPBR =1,3
+CPBR:1,"+999999",145,"Charlie"
+CPBR:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
+CPBR:3,"+888888",145,"Arthur"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 373 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.3 AT+CPBS
s
mobile
15.3
AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage
This command is used to select the active phonebook storage, i.e. the phonebook storage that all subsequent
phonebook commands will be operating on.
The read command can be used only after the phonebook data from the SIM have been read successfully for
the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30
seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phone-
book commands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBS=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR:
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM07.07
Command Description
The read command returns the currently selected <storage>, the number of <used>entries and the <total>
number of entries available for this storage.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 374 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.3 AT+CPBS
s
mobile
The write command selects the phonebook memory <storage>, which is used by other phonebook commands.
Parameter Description
<storage>(str)
For phonebooks "MC", "RC" and "LD", automatic deletion of the entries stored in ME will be performed if the SIM
card is changed. If the same SIM is removed and reinserted, no automatic deletion is performed. Calls made
after last switchon will be lost from "MC", "RC" and "LD" phonebook, if the SIM is removed and reinserted during
normal operation.
“FD“
Fixed dialling phonebook
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
“SM“(&F)
“ON“
“ME“
“LD“
SIM phonebook
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
MSISDN list
capacity: depending on SIM card
location: SIM
Mobile Equipment Phonebook
capacity: max. 250 entries
location: ME
last number dialled phonebook. Stores all voice call numbers dialed with ATD,
but no data call numbers.
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: depending on SIM this phonebook may reside partly or completely in
ME
AT command +CPBW is not applicable to this storage. The LD list can be
“MC“
“RC“
missed (unanswered received) calls list
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: ME
+CPBW is not applicable to this storage. The MC list can be deleted with
received calls list
capacity: max. 10 entries
location: ME
+CPBW is not applicable to this storage. The RC list can be deleted with
<used>(num)
value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage.
<total>(num)
value indicating the maximum number of locations allowed in the selected memory storage.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 375 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.4 AT+CPBW
s
mobile
15.4
AT+CPBW Write into Phonebook
This command serves to write onto an entry of the phonebook selected with AT+CPBS. It can be used only after
the phonebook's data has been read successfully from the SIM. Reading starts after successful SIM authentica-
tion has been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is
in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook commands will result in "+CME Error: SIM busy".
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
The test command returns the location range supported by the current storage, the maximum length of <num-
ber>field, the range of supported <type>values and the maximum length of <text>field. Note: The length
may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information, the format list
contains empty parenthesizes.
The write command fills a phonebook entry at memory location <location>of the active storage selected with
If <storage>="FD" (SIM fixed dialling numbers) is selected, PIN2 authentication has to be performed prior to
any write access.
If write attempt fails "+CME ERROR" is indicated.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 376 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.4 AT+CPBW
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<location>(num)
Location number within phonebook memory. The supported range is given whith the test command response.
<number>(str)
Phone number with format specified by <type>. Parameter must be present, although it may be an empty
string. However, alphabetic characters are not permitted.
<number>may contain printable non-alphabetic characters of the standard GSM alphabet as dialstring modifi-
ers, including "*", "#" or "+". However, if <number>contains modifiers other than "*", "#" or "+" the following con-
straints shall be considered:
• If no <type>was specified explicitly, all accepted modifiers from the GSM alphabet will be saved in the num-
ber string. <type>will be set to 209 (ASCII). However, limitations as listed below for <type>209 apply.
• A <number>saved with <type>=209 requires double memory. In order to fit into a standard location, the
number needs to be reduced to a maximum length of <nlength>/2, including all digits and dial string modi-
<type>(num)
Type of address octet
If <type>is specified as 129 or 145, any non-digit characters other than "*", "#", or "+" will be removed from the
number string. If the number string contains such characters, they can be saved with the number string by using
145
209
ters that should be saved with the number string. Remarks as under parameter
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length for this parameter is given in test command response
<tlength>. When using an ASCII terminal, characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM have to
<maxloc>(num)
Max. location for the currently selected storage. For phonebooks located on SIM, this value may vary between
<nlength>(num)
Max. length of phone number for "normal" locations. - Depending on the storage, a limited number of locations
with extended memory is available per phonebook. These locations allow storing numbers with twice the stan-
dard length, which is 2*<nlength>digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength>digits for numbers saved
with parameter <type>= 209. If all extended locations of the selected phonebook are used up, then any attempt
to write a number which requires extended memory will be denied with CME ERROR 260: INVALID DIAL
STRING.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 377 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.4 AT+CPBW
s
mobile
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If the <text>string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet. If the
<text>string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for
the alpha field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [18]. As a worst case the number of UCS2 charac-
ters is less than half the number of GSM characters. For a detailed description please refer to GSM 11.11, Annex
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Make a new phonebook entry at the first free location
AT+CPBW=,"+431234567",145,"international"
EXAMPLE 2
Delete entry at location 1
AT+CPBW=1
EXAMPLE 3
The following examples are provided to illustrate the effect of writing phonebook entries with different types
of dial string modifiers in <number>
AT+CPBW=5,"12345678",,"Arthur"
AT+CPBW=6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",,"John"
AT+CPBW=7,"432!+-765()&54*654#",129,"Eve"
AT+CPBW=8,"432!+-765()&54*654#",145,"Tom"
AT+CPBW=9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
EXAMPLE 4
Read phonebook entries from locations 5 - 9 via AT+CPBR
+CPBR:5,"12345678",129,"Arthur"
+CPBR:6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"John"
+CPBR:7,"432+76554*654#",129,"Eve"
+CPBR:8,"+432+76554*654#",145,"Tom"
+CPBR:9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 378 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.5 AT^SPBC
s
mobile
15.5
AT^SPBC Search the first entry in the sorted telephone book
This command can be used to retrieve the index of the first entry starting with selected character <schar>in the
The sorted list of phonebook records can be accessed with AT command AT^SPBG. The sort order is described
CAUTION: Please note that the sorted entries are assigned an index of their own which is not identical with the
location numbers used in the various phonebooks. Therefore, the index retrieved with command AT^SPBC com-
mand can be used only as an index for AT^SPBG. Do not use the listed index numbers to dial out or modify
entries.
This command can be used only after the phonebook data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook com-
mands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBC=?
Response(s)
^SPBC: "FD","SM","ME"
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPBC=<schar>
Response(s)
^spbc: <index>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The test command returns the list of phonebooks for which AT^SPBC is supported, in the syntax used for phone-
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 379 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.5 AT^SPBC
s
mobile
The write command retrieves the first (lowest) index in the list of sorted phonebook entries beginning with char-
Parameter Description
<schar>(str)(+CSCS)
The character to be searched in the sorted list of phonebook entries. Character coding and formatting according
<index>(num)
The first (lowest) index number within the phonebook memory selected with AT+CPBSfor which the correspond-
If no matching phonebook entry is found, <index> =0 will be returned.
The index retrieved with AT^SPBC can be used only as an index for AT^SPBG. Do not use the listed index num-
bers to dial out or modify entries.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 380 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.6 AT^SPBD
s
mobile
15.6
AT^SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage
This command is used to purge the selected phonebook <storage>manually, i.e. all entries previously stored
in the selected phonebook storage will be deleted.
CAUTION! The operation cannot be stopped nor reversed!
Automatic purging of phonebooks is performed when the SIM card is removed and replaced by a different SIM
card. This affects the ME-based part of the "LD" storage, and storages "MC" and "RC". Storage "ME" is not
affected.
This command can be used only after the phonebook data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook com-
mands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBD=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPBD=<storage>
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 381 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.7 AT^SPBG
s
mobile
15.7
AT^SPBG Read current Phonebook entries
This command can be used to display the phonebook records of the phonebook currently selected with AT+CPBS
in sorted order by name. The sort order is described in Chapter 15.1, page 370, "Sort order for Phonebooks".
•
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq> is omitted: Please note that the sorted entries are assigned an
index of their own which is not identical with the location numbers used in the various phonebooks.
In this case, command AT^SPBGcan be used for reading only. For example, it helps you find entries starting
with matching characters. Do not use the listed index numbers to dial out or modify entries.
•
To access an entry found with AT^SPBGfor editing or dialing, enter AT^SPBGwith the parameter <RealLo-
cReq>=1.
Then extract the "real" location number of the entry from response parameter <location> and use this
This command can be used only after the phonebook data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook com-
mands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBG=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 383 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.7 AT^SPBG
s
mobile
Command Description
The test command returns the index range for this command, the maximum length of <number>field, and the
Note: The length may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information,
the format list should be empty parenthesises.
The write command selects the index of the phonebook entry, that is to be displayed, in the sorted list of phone-
book, or the range of indices to display.
If parameter <RealLocReq>=1, the actual location of the entry displayed will be indicated in parameter <loca-
The indices displayed in the first parameter of the write command response are indices in the sorted list of
entries, and not related to the entries' location in the phonebook. They may not be used for other phonebook
Parameter Description
<index1>(num)
The first index number within the sorted list of phonebook for which the corresponding entry is to be displayed.
The supported range is given in the test command response.
<index2>(num)
The last index number within the sorted list of phonebook for which the corresponding entry is to be displayed.
The supported range is given in the test command response.
If both <index1>and <index2>are in the range indicated by the test command in parameter <used>, the list
of entries will be output and terminated with OK.
If <index2>exceeds the range indicated by the test command in parameter <used>, the list of entries will be
output but terminated with a +CME ERROR 21 "INVALID INDEX".
<RealLocReq>(num)
[0]
not be displayed.
1
entry.
<number>(str)
The number parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
type of address octet
145
209
ters saved with the number string.
129
otherwise
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 384 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.7 AT^SPBG
s
mobile
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length for this parameter is given in test command response
<used>(num)
value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage.
<location>(num)
The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located.
<nlength>(num)
Max. length of phone number for "normal" locations. - Depending on the storage, a limited number of locations
<tlength>(num)
Max. length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is given in
octets. If the <text>string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet. If the <text>
string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha
field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B. In the worst case, the number of UCS2 characters is less
than half the number of GSM characters. For a detailed description see GSM 11.11, Annex B.
Notes
•
The AT^SPBG feature is able to sort by the first 6 matching characters only. All following characters will be
ignored.
•
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
-
First, run the test command to find out the range of phonebook entries stored in the active phonebook:
AT^SPBG=?
TA returns the number of entries in the format:
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
where 33 is the number of used entries in the active phonebook storage.
-
Now, run the write command to display the phonebook entries by alphabetical order. It is recommended
to enter the full range to obtain best results.
AT^SPBG=1,33
TA returns phonebook entries by alphabetical order:
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur" ^SPBG:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie" .........
The numbers at the beginning of each line are not the memory locations in the phonebook, but only serial
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 385 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.7 AT^SPBG
s
mobile
numbers assigned to the entries' positions in the alphabetical list.
EXAMPLE 2
Using AT^SPBG with <RealLocReq>
-
First, run the test command to find out the range of phonebook entries stored in the active phonebook:
AT^SPBG=?
TA returns the number of entries in the format:
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
where 33 is the total number of entries in the active phonebook storage.
-
Now, run the write command to display the phonebook entries by alphabetical order. It is recommended
to enter the full range to obtain best results.
AT^SPBG=1,33,1
TA returns phonebook entries by alphabetical order:
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27 ^SPBG:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15 .........
-
-
The numbers at the end of each line are now the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for
dialing or editing phonebook entries:
AT+CPBR=27
Read out phonebook location 27.
+CPBR: 27,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 386 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.8 AT^SPBS
s
mobile
15.8
AT^SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically
This command can be used to scroll sequentially through the active phonebook records in alphabetical order by
name. Three entries will be displayed at a time.
This command can be used only after the phonebook data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first
time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds
depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook com-
mands will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
This command can be used for the ME, SM and FD phonebook.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
Every time the write command is executed, 3 rows of phone book records are returned. Each triplet overlaps with
the next one. The actual index depends on parameter <value>. This parameter determines whether the index
will be increased or decreased.
If the index in one output line reaches the last index in the alphabetical list, the next output line will display the
first list entry.
After the last record of the phonebook has been reached (see parameter <used>for AT^SPBG), the <inter-
•
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq>is omitted or (0): In this case, the sorted list is assigned an index
of its own which is not identical with location numbers used in the various phonebooks. For example, it helps
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 387 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.8 AT^SPBS
s
mobile
you find entries starting with matching characters. However, do not use the listed index numbers to dial out
•
To access an entry found with AT^SPBSfor editing or dialing, enter AT^SPBSwith the parameter <RealLo-
See examples below.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
1
2
To make a step forward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook.
To make a step backward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook.
<index-a>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the first entry
displayed.
After a write command has terminated successfully with "OK", the value from
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<index-b>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the second entry
displayed.
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<index-c>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the third entry
displayed.
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<number>(str)
the number parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
type of address octet
145
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 388 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.8 AT^SPBS
s
mobile
209
ters saved with the number string.
For phonebook entries with this <type>, dialling from phonebook with
ATD><mem><n> is not possible. For further detail, check the parameter
129
otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number.
<RealLocReq>(num)
[0]
not be displayed
1
entry
<location>(num)
The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located.
<internal-counter>(num)
0(&F)...maxindex
This Parameter is only an internal parameter and cannot modified directly.
Note
•
Example
How to use AT^SPBS to browse through the sorted list forward and backward
•
First, AT&Fis issued to make sure that AT^SPBS=1 starts from the first character in alphabetical order. The
example illustrates how to search down and up again.
at&f
OK
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 389 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.8 AT^SPBS
s
mobile
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
^SPBS:5,"03033333333",129,"Harry"
OK
at^spbs=2
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
•
If the last index in the sorted list has been reached, then the internal counter overflows to the first index:
at&f
reset internal counter to 0
OK
at^spbs=2
step down 1 entry starting from (internal counter)=0 -
overflow occurs.
^SPBS:33,"+49301234567",145,"TomTailor"
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
OK
at^spbs=1,1
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15
The numbers at the end of each line are now the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for dialing
or editing phonebook entries:
AT+CPBR=27
Read out phonebook location 27.
+CPBR:27,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 390 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
15.9 AT^SDLD
s
mobile
15.9
AT^SDLD Delete the 'last number redial' memory
Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depend-
ing on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the phonebook commands
will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SDLD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SDLD
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The execute command deletes all numbers stored in the LD memory.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 391 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16. Audio Commands
s
mobile
16.
Audio Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the MC55's audio interface.
16.1
Audio programming model
The following figure illustrates how the signal path can be adjusted with the parameters <inCalibrate>,
Figure 16.1: Audio programming model
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 392 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.2 ATL
s
mobile
16.2
ATL Set monitor speaker loudness
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
Notes
•
•
In multiplex mode the command is supported on logical channel 1 only.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 393 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.3 ATM
s
mobile
16.3
ATM Set monitor speaker mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
Notes
•
•
In multiplex mode the command is supported on logical channel 1 only.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 394 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.4 AT+CLVL
s
mobile
16.4
AT+CLVL Loudspeaker volume level
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLVL?
Response(s)
+CLVL: <level>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CLVL=<level>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Parameter Description
<level>(num)
Loudspeaker Volume Level
0...4(D)
Notes
•
•
The write command can only be used in audio mode 2 - 6.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 395 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.4 AT+CLVL
s
mobile
•
•
As an alternative to AT+CLVL, you can use AT^SNFOand AT^SNFV. The parameter <level>is identical with
• <level>(or <outStep>) is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down with AT^SMSOor reset with
AT+CFUN=1,1.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 396 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.5 AT+CMUT
s
mobile
16.5
AT+CMUT Mute control
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMUT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUT?
Response(s)
+CMUT: <mute>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CMUT=<mute>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command can be used in all audio modes (1 to 6) and during a voice call only. See AT^SNFSfor more details
on the various audio modes. As alternative, you can use the AT^SNFMcommand. During an active call, users
should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio modes (for example handsfree
on/off) the value of <mute>does not change, i.e. the microphone mode is retained until explicitly changed.
Parameter Description
<mute>(num)
0(P)
mute off
mute on
1
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 397 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.6 AT+VTD
s
mobile
16.6
AT+VTD Tone duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTD=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+VTD?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTD=<duration>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Command Description
This command refers to an integer <duration>that defines the length of tones transmitted with the AT+VTS
command.
Parameter Description
<duration>(num)
duration of the tone in 1/10 second
1(&F)...255
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 398 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.7 AT+VTS
s
mobile
16.7
AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
The Write command is intended to send ASCII characters or strings which cause the Mobile Switching Center
(MSC) to transmit DTMF tones to a remote subscriber. It works during active voice calls only and offers the fol-
lowing variants:
• AT+VTS=<dtmf>[,<duration>] allows to send a single DTMF tone. In this case, the duration can be ind-
vidually determined during the call.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmfString>
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Parameter Description
<dtmfString>(str)
String of ASCII characters in the set 0-9,#,*,A, B, C, D. Maximal length of the string is 29. The string must be
enclosed in quotation marks ("...").
<dtmf>(str)
ASCII character in the set 0...9,#,*, A, B, C, D.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 399 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.8 AT^SAIC
s
mobile
16.8
AT^SAIC Audio Interface Configuration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SAIC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SAIC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: operation not allowed
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
This command configures the interface connections of the active audio mode.
Parameter Description
<io>(num)(^SNFW)
Input and output selection
1
2
Digital input and output
Analog input and output
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 401 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.8 AT^SAIC
s
mobile
<mic>(num)(^SNFW)
Microphone selection
1
2
Microphone 1
Microphone 2
<ep>(num)(^SNFW)
Select differential earpiece amplifier
1
2
3
Selects the earpiece amplifier 1
Selects the earpiece amplifier 2
Selects both amplifiers. Note that both amplifiers are connected in parallel and
Notes
•
AT^SAICWrite command returns "+CME ERROR: operation not allowed". This is because all default param-
eters in audio mode 1 are determined for type approval and are not adjustable.
•
•
To allocate a specific audio mode to one of the audio interfaces, first select the audio mode with AT^SNFS
•
For use after restart of the ME, you are advised to store the settings of AT^SAICand AT^SNFSto the audio
profile set with AT^SNFW. Otherwise, audio mode 1 (AT^SNFS=1) and audio interface 2 (AT^SAIC=2,1,1) will
be active each time the ME is powered up.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 402 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.9 AT^SNFA
s
mobile
16.9
AT^SNFA Set or query of microphone attenuation
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFA?
Response(s)
^SNFA: <atten>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFA=<atten>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The read command returns the current attenuation value on the microphone path for the current audio device
Write command controls the large-scale attenuation on the microphone path for the current audio device
•
•
•
•
It is not allowed for audio device 1
As long as the microphone is muted, the write command is temporarily disabled
For values greater than 32767, 32767 will be used.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 403 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.9 AT^SNFA
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<atten>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for input samples. Parameter <atten>is identical with <inCalibrate>of AT^SNFI.
Formula used to calculate microphone attenuation (negative gain):
0...32767(P)...65535
0
Microphone is muted
32767
No attenuation on the microphone path
Notes
•
The command is provided for compatibility with M20 and is a subset of AT^SNFI. The parameter <inCali-
•
Example
^SYSSTART
at^snfa=?
^SNFA: (0-65535)
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 32767
OK
at^snfs=4
OK
at^snfa=1
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 1
OK
at^snfi?
^SNFI: 5,1
OK
at^snfi=5,45
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 45
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 404 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.10 AT^SNFD
s
mobile
16.10 AT^SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SNFD
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA sets the active audio parameters to manufacturer defined default values.
Notes
•
The restored values are:
•
<audMode>together with <outStep>=4, but does not affect the values of <outStep>currently selected in
always return <outStep>=4. In all other modes the <outStep>value is retained until explicitly changed.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 405 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.11 AT^SNFI
s
mobile
16.11 AT^SNFI Set microphone path parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA sets microphone path amplifying.
Parameter Description
<inBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
ADC gain adjustable in eight 6 dB steps from 0 dB to 42 dB (0=0dB, 7=42dB, 8 steps of 6 dB).
0...7
<inCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for input samples. Formula to calculate the negative gain (attenuation) of the input signal:
Gain in dB = 20 * log (inCalibrate / 32768)
0...32767
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 406 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.11 AT^SNFI
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
•
Write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6!
Read and write options of this command refer to the active audio mode.
brate>= 65535 will cause a failure.
•
•
Attention! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that
exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users!
•
The default values are customer specific.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 407 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.12 AT^SNFM
s
mobile
16.12 AT^SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFM?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The read command returns the microphone mute and supply voltage status.
The write command can be used to switch the microphone's audio path (muted / not muted) or to control the
power supply of the MICP2 line (microphone input of the second analog audio interface).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 408 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.12 AT^SNFM
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<MicSwitch>(num)
Microphone mute control parameter.
Command does not depend on audio mode.
0
Mutes the microphone.
1(P)
Activates the microphone.
<MicVccCtl>(num)
Microphone supply voltage control parameter.
Setting applies to microphone input 2 only.
0
Supply voltage is always switched off.
Supply voltage is always switched on.
1
2(P)
Supply voltage state during voice calls is controlled by the ME. Actual value is
determined by parameter data set of the selected audio mode.
<MicVccState>(num)
Microphone supply voltage control status.
0
2
Supply voltage was set to a constant value.
Supply voltage state is controlled by the ME and depends on parameter data
set of the selected audio mode.
Notes
•
•
•
The programmable power supply of the MICP2 line gives you greater flexibility in connecting audio accesso-
ries or using MICP2 for a variety of functions other than audio. A detailed description of the extended usage
The microphone can be muted or activated in all audio modes (1 to 6) and during a voice call only. See
to mute the microphone.
During an active call, users should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio
modes (for example handsfree on/off) the value of <MicSwitch>does not change, i.e. the microphone mode
is retained until explicitly changed.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 409 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.13 AT^SNFO
s
mobile
16.13 AT^SNFO Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFO?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA sets earpiece path amplifying.
Parameter Description
<outBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
Negative DAC gain (attenuation) adjustable in four 6 dB steps from 0 dB to -18 dB (0=0 dB, 3=-18 dB)
0...3
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 410 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.13 AT^SNFO
s
mobile
<outCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
Attenuation = 20 log * (2 * outCalibrate[n] / 32768)
0...32767
<outStep>(num)
Volume steps 0 - 4, each defined with outCalibrate[n]
0...[4]
<sideTone>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for the sidetone gain.
Formula to calculate how much of the original microphone signal is added to the earpiece signal:
Sidetone gain in dB = 20 * log (sideTone / 32768).
0...32767
Notes
•
•
The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6.
The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode.
brate>is up to 65535, but will be suppressed to 32767. A value above <outCalibrate>= 65535 will cause
an error.
•
65535 will cause an error.
•
then select another mode with AT^SNFS, the same step will be applied. Nevertheless, the sound quality and
the amount of volume are not necessarily the same, since all remaining audio parameters can use different
values in either mode.
•
•
Audio mode 1 is fixed to <outStep>=4. In this mode, any attempt to change <outStep>or other parameters
returns an error.
•
•
CAUTION! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that
exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users!
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 411 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.14 AT^SNFPT
s
mobile
16.14 AT^SNFPT Set progress tones
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFPT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFPT?
Response(s)
^SNFPT: <pt>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFPT=<pt>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The write command controls the Call Progress Tones generated at the beginning of a mobile originated call
setup.
Parameter Description
<pt>(num)
0
Disables Call Progress Tones
1(P)
Enables Call Progress Tones (audible tones shortly heard on the phone when
ME starts to set up a call.)
Note
•
Please note that the setting is stored volatile, i.e. after restart or reset, the default value 1 will be restored.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 412 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.15 AT^SNFS
s
mobile
16.15 AT^SNFS Select audio hardware set
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFS?
Response(s)
^SNFS: <audMode>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFS=<audMode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The write command serves to set the audio mode required for the connected equipment. For use after restart of
the module, you are advised to store the selected mode to the audio profile set with AT^SNFW. Otherwise, audio
mode 1 will be active each time the module is powered up.
AT^SNFScan also be used in conjunction with AT^SAIC. This is useful, for example, if both interfaces are oper-
ated alternatively to benefit from different devices. Each audio mode can be assigned a specific interface. To do
so, first select the audio mode with AT^SNFS, then activate the audio interface with AT^SAICand finally enter
AT^SNFWto store the settings to your audio profile. To switch back and forth it is sufficient to use AT^SNFS.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 413 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.15 AT^SNFS
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<audMode>(num)(^SNFW)
[1]
Audio mode 1: Standard mode optimized for the reference handset, that can
be connected to the analog interface 1 (see your "Hardware Interface Descrip-
tion" for information on this handset.) To adjust the volume use the knob of the
reference handset. In audio mode 4, this handset can be used with user
defined parameters.
Note: The default parameters are determined for type approval and are not
adjustable with AT commands.
2
Audio mode 2: Customer specific mode for a basic handsfree device (Siemens
Car Kit Portable).
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
3
4
5
6
Audio mode 3: Customer specific mode for a mono-headset.
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 4: Customer specific mode for a user handset.
Analog interface 1 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 5: Customer specific mode.
Analog interface 1 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 6: Customer specific mode.
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
Notes
•
The write command can be used during a voice call to switch back and forth between different modes. This
allows the user, for example, to switch handsfree operation on and off.
•
Users should be aware that <outStep>is a global setting. This means, when another audio mode is selected
during a call, the value of <outStep>does not change. This is also true for mute operation which can be set
with AT^SNFMor AT+CMUT: If the microphone is muted and the user selects another audio mode during the
call, then the microphone remains muted until explicitly changed. Exception: In audio mode 1 <outStep>=4
is fix.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 414 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.15 AT^SNFS
s
mobile
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Suppose a user wishes to use alternatively a handsfree device and a handset. The handset can be connected
to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4. The handsfree device can be attached to the sec-
ond analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2. The factory defaults of AT^SAICneed not be changed.
Settings for the handset:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SAIC?
^SAIC: 2,1,1
OK
Factory default of AT^SAIC assigned to audio mode 4.
Settings for the handsfree device:
AT^SNFS=2
OK
AT^SAIC?
^SAIC: 2,2,2
OK
Factory default of AT^SAIC assigned to audio mode 2.
To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile:
AT^SNFW
OK
Stores the audio mode and the interface.
To switch back and forth:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1.
Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2.
AT^SNFS=2
OK
EXAMPLE 2
The following example illustrates a combination of a handset and a handsfree device connected to other inter-
faces than those assumed as factory default.
Settings for a handset connected to the second analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SAIC=2,2,2
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 415 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.15 AT^SNFS
s
mobile
Settings for a handsfree device connected to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2:
AT^SNFS=2
OK
AT^SAIC=2,1,1
OK
To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile:
AT^SNFW
OK
Stores the audio mode and the interface.
To switch back and forth:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1.
Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2.
AT^SNFS=2
OK
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 416 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.16 AT^SNFTTY
s
mobile
16.16 AT^SNFTTY Switch audio path to TTY/CTM mode
MC55 offers basic support for equipment using the CTM standard (Cellular Text Telephone Modems). The ben-
efit of CTM is that text characters typed on a TTY device (Text Telephone Type-writer) can be transformed into
special audio burst signals for reliable transmission via the existing speech channels of a cellular phone system.
to be connected to one of the three audio interfaces of MC55. Traditional TTY devices that do not incorporate
CTM functionality can be connected through an external TTY-to-CTM adapter.
If in CTM mode, the ME will set the necessary bearer capability bit on outgoing (mobile originated) calls.
If a CTM call is received while the ME's audio path is set to normal speech mode, this call will be rejected because
CTM coded speech data could not be understood by a user.
Related documents: Refer to the relevant standards, such as 3GPP TS 26.226 (ETSI TS 126 226) and 3GPP
TS 23.228 (ETSI TS 123 226). 3GPP documentation can be retrieved, for example, from http://www.3gpp.org/
specs/specs.htm. In Application Note 22 "Using TTY / CTM equipment" you can find all the information you need
to connect TTY / CTM equipment to MC55, plus background information and general operating instructions.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFTTY=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFTTY?
Response(s)
^SNFTTY: <state>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFTTY=<state>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 417 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.16 AT^SNFTTY
s
mobile
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
0
1
Audio path is in normal speech mode.
Audio path is in TTY/CTM mode.
Note
•
Requirements for using TTY/CTM features:
-
TTY/CTM functionality requires audio mode 5 or 6 with all audio parameters set to their factory default.
restore the default values. Alternatively, factory defaults of all audio parameters in audio modes 2 - 6 can
-
Depending on which audio interface the CTM device is connected to, you may need to select the correct
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 418 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.17 AT^SNFV
s
mobile
16.17 AT^SNFV Set loudspeaker volume
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFV=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFV?
Response(s)
^SNFV: <outStep>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFV=<outStep>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The write command can be used to set the volume of the loudspeaker to the value <outCalibrate>addressed
Parameter Description
<outStep>(num)
The actual volume of each step is defined by the parameter <outCalibrate>, which can be set with AT^SNFO.
0...4(P)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 419 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.17 AT^SNFV
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
•
The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode.
The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6!
then select another mode with AT^SNFS, the same step will be applied. Nevertheless, the actual volume can
be quite different, depending on the values of <outCalibrate>set in each mode. The only exception is
• <outStep>is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down with AT^SMSOor reset with AT+CFUN=1,1.
395).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 420 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.18 AT^SNFW
s
mobile
16.18 AT^SNFW Write audio setting in non-volatile store
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFW=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SNFW
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
TA writes the active audio parameters in non-volatile store related to the active mode.
Notes
•
•
Execute command works only in audio mode 2 to 6.
TA writes the following audio parameter values in non-volatile store:
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 421 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.19 AT^SRTC
s
mobile
16.19 AT^SRTC Ring tone configuration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SRTC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SRTC?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SRTC
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The test command returns the current ring tone and volume
test playback is off or on. In the latter case, see Execute command for details.
The execute command is intended for testing. It starts to play a melody from the audio output currently selected
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 422 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.19 AT^SRTC
s
mobile
During test playback, you can enter the Write command to select another melody and adjust the volume. Also,
you can enter the read command to check the type and volume of the current ring tone, and to view the status
of playback (on / off). The test ringing signal cannot be activated when an MTC is ringing (ERROR).
Selecting <volume>=0 during the test, immediately stops playback. After this, ring tones will be muted until you
The write command chooses the type and volume of ring tones The settings can be changed no matter whether
or not the ME is ringing. The selected type and volume are saved in the non-volatile Flash memory and, thus,
are retained after Power Down. An exception is <type>=0, that can be entered to quickly mute the tone or mel-
ody currently played to indicate an event. <type>=0 only stops immediately the audible ring tone, but does not
terminate the URC that indicates the event (for example RING). No permanent settings are changed or saved.
Before first using ring tones:
We have chosen to let you decide your own preferences when you start using ring tones. Therefore, factory set-
ting is AT^SRTC=3,0,0 (ring tones are muted). To activate ring tones for the very first time, first enter the write
command and simply change the volume. After applying a firmware update the volume and type selected before
the firmware update will be preserved.
Parameter Description
<type>(num)
Type of ring tone. You have a choice of 7 different ring tones and melodies. All will be played from the audio
0
Mutes the currently played tone immediately.
1
Sequence 1
Sequence 2
Sequence 3
Sequence 4
Sequence 5
Sequence 6
Sequence 7
2
3(D)
4
5
6
7
<volume>(num)
Volume of ring tone, varies from low to high
0(D)
Mute
1
Very low
Identical with 1
Low
2
3
4
Identical with 3
Middle
5
6
Identical with 5
High
7
<status>(num)
Status of test ringing. Indicates whether or not a melody is currently being played back for testing
0
1
Switched off
Switched on
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 423 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
16.19 AT^SRTC
s
mobile
Notes
•
•
The test ringing signal cannot be activated while an MTC is ringing (ERROR).
If an MTC arrives during test playback, test ringing will be deactivated and "normal" ringing reactivated
(RING).
•
If no optional parameter is entered, the old value will be kept.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 424 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17. Hardware related Commands
s
mobile
17.
Hardware related Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the MC55's hardware interface. More information
17.1
AT+CALA Set alarm time
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CALA=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+CALA?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 425 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.1 AT+CALA
s
mobile
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CALA: <text>
Indicates reminder message.
URC 2
^SYSSTART ALARM MODE
+CALA: <text>
Command Description
Test command returns supported array index values <n>, alarm types <type>, and maximum length of the text
Read command returns the list of current alarm settings in the ME.
The write command sets an alarm time in the ME. When the alarm is timed out and executed the ME returns an
Unsolicited Result Code (URC) and the alarm time is reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00".
The alarm can adopt two functions, depending on whether or not you switch the GSM engine off after setting the
alarm:
•
Reminder message: You can use the alarm function to generate reminder messages. For this purpose, set
the alarm as described below and do not switch off or power down the ME. When executed the message
comes as an Unsolicited Result Code.
•
Alarm mode: You can use the alarm function to restart the ME when powered down. For this purpose, set the
time is reached, the ME will wake up to Alarm mode. To prevent the ME from unintentionally logging into the
GSM network, Alarm mode provides restricted operation. Upon wake-up, the ME indicates an Unsolicited
Result Code which reads: ^SYSSTART ALARM MODE. A limited number of AT commands is available dur-
ing Alarm mode, for details see Table "List of AT Commands Available in Alarm and Charge-only Mode>".
The ME remains deregistered from the GSM network. If you want the ME to return to full operation (normal
operating mode) it is necessary to drive the ignition line (IGT pin of application interface) to ground. If your
ME is battery powered note that the battery can be charged while the ME stays in Alarm mode. For details
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes. E.g.
6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 hours equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00" (see also AT+CCLK). Note: if <time>equals
current date and time or is set to an earlier date, TA returns +CME ERROR: 21.
<n>(num)
Integer type value indicating the array index of the alarm.
The ME allows to set only one alarm at a time. Therefore, the list of supported alarm events indicated by the test
command AT+CALA=? is <n>=0. If a second alarm time is set, the previous alarm will be deleted. Therefore, the
read command AT+CALA? will always return <n>=0. This is also true if individual settings are made on ASC0
and ASC1 or the various Multiplexer channels, for details see notes below.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 426 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.1 AT+CALA
s
mobile
<type>(num)
Integer type value indicating the type of the alarm.
0
Alarm indication: text message via serial interface
<text>(str)
String type value indicating the text to be displayed when alarm time is reached; maximum length is <tlength>.
Note: <text>will be stored to the non-volatile flash memory when the device enters the Power Down mode via
AT^SMSO. Once saved, it will be available upon next power-up, until you overwrite it by typing another text. This
eliminates the need to enter the full string when setting a fresh alarm.
<text>should not contain characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM (e.g. umlauts), see also
"Supported character sets" and "GSM alphabet tables".
<tlength>(num)
Notes
•
•
•
After the alarm was executed the parameter <time>of AT+CALAwill be reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00", but
If MC55 is totally disconnected from power supply the most recently saved configuration of +CALA:
Each time MC55 is restarted it takes 2s to re-initialize the RTC and to update the current time. Therefore, it
^SYSSTART has been output).
•
-
On each interface an individual <text>message can be stored, but only one time setting applies. This
means an alarm <time>set on one of the interfaces overwrites the time setting on all remaining inter-
faces. Therefore, the total number of alarm events returned by the read command AT+CALA? will always
-
When the alarm is timed out and executed, the ME sends the URC only on the interface where the most
recent alarm setting was made. The alarm time will be reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00" on all interfaces.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
You may want to configure a reminder call for May 31, 2004, at 9.30h, including the message "Good Morning".
AT+CALA="04/05/31,09:30:00",0,0,"Good Morning"
OK
Do not switch off the GSM engine. When the alarm is executed the ME returns the following URC:
+CALA: Good Morning
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 427 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.1 AT+CALA
s
mobile
EXAMPLE 2
To set a fresh alarm using the same message as in Example 1, simply enter date and time. <n>, <type>,
AT+CALA="04/05/31,08:50:00"
OK
When the alarm is executed the URC comes with the same message:
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 3
To configure the alarm mode, e.g. for May 20, 2004, at 8.30h, enter
AT+CALA="04/05/20,08:30:00"
OK
Next, power down the ME:
AT^SMSO
^SMSO: MS OFF
When the alarm is executed the ME wakes up to Alarm mode and displays a URC. If available, this line is
followed by the individual <text>most recently saved. If no individual message was saved only the first line
appears.
^SYSSTART ALARM MODE
+CALA: Good Morning
17.1.1 Summary of AT commands available in Alarm mode
Table 17.1: List of AT Commands Available in Alarm and Charge-only Mode>
AT command
Use
Set alarm time
Set date and time of RTC
In Alarm mode, you can query the present current consumption only and check
whether or not a charger is connected. The battery capacity is returned as 0,
regardless of the actual voltage (since the values measured directly on the cell are
not delivered to the module).
Query temperature of GSM engine
Power down GSM engine
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 428 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.2 AT+CCLK
s
mobile
17.2
AT+CCLK Real Time Clock
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
Response(s)
+CCLK: <time>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>
Response(s)
+CME ERROR: <err>
ERROR
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
GSM 07.07
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss", where the characters indicate the two last digits of the year, followed by month,
day, hour, minutes, seconds; for example 6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 hours equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00"
Factory default is "02/01/01,00:00:00"
Notes
• <time>will be reset to its factory default if power is totally disconnected. In this case, the clock starts with
<time>= "02/01/01,00:00:00" upon next power-up.
•
Each time MC55 is restarted it takes 2s to re-initialize the RTC and to update the current time. Therefore, it
^SYSSTART has been output).
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 429 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.3 AT^SBC
s
mobile
17.3
AT^SBC Battery charging / discharging and charge control
•
•
•
Normal mode: ME is switched on by Ignition pin and running the SLEEP, IDLE, TALK or DATA mode. Charger
is not connected. AT^SBCcan be used to query the battery capacity and the power consumption of ME and
Normal mode + charging: Allows charging while ME is switched on by Ignition pin and running the SLEEP,
IDLE, TALK or DATA mode. AT^SBCreturns only charger status and power consumption of ME / application.
Percentage of battery capacity is not available.
Charge-only mode: Allows charging while ME is detached from GSM network. When started, the mode is indi-
consumption of ME / application. Percentage of battery capacity is not available. In Charge-only mode a lim-
ited number of AT commands is accessible (see 17.3.1). There are several ways to activate the Charge-only
mode:
-
-
from Power Down mode: Connect charger while ME was powered down with AT^SMSO
•
Alarm mode: The battery can be charged while the ME stays in Alarm mode, but AT^SBCreturns only charger
status and power consumption of ME / application. Percentage of battery capacity is not available.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SBC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SBC?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SBC=<current>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 430 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.3 AT^SBC
s
mobile
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Code
^SBC: Undervoltage
The message will be reported, for example, when you attempt to set up a call while the voltage is close to the
critical limit and further power loss is caused during the transmit burst. To remind you that the battery needs to
be charged soon, the URC appears several times before the module switches off.
When the module is in IDLE mode it takes typically one minute to deregister from the network and to switch off.
Undervoltage protection depending on the presence of an NTC:
The undervoltage protection is also efficient in applications which are not battery operated, i.e. in applications
where no NTC is connected to the BATT_TEMP pin. To use this feature it is sufficient to issue the write command
which automatically enables the presentation of URCs. You do not need to specify <current>. Please note,
that in contrast to applications with an NTC, the ME will present the undervoltage URC only once and will then
switch off without sending any further messages.
Command Description
Use the write command to specify the power consumption of your external application. This information enables
the ME to calculate the average power consumption <mpc>and to properly control the charging process. If the
value is not correct the entire charging process may be affected. Resulting problems may be wrong responses
The write command registers the serial port as the output channel for unsolicited result codes related to charging.
When the ME is powered down or reset, the value of <current>is restored to its default. This affects the charg-
ing control and disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes. Therefore, the parameter should be set
every time when needed after rebooting the ME.
Parameter Description
<bcs>(num)
Connection status of battery pack
0
1
2
3
4
5
No charging adapter is connected
Charging adapter is connected
Charging adapter is connected, charging in progress
Charging adapter is connected, charging has finished
Charging error, charging is interrupted
False charging temperature, charging is interrupted while temperature is
beyond allowed range
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 431 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.3 AT^SBC
s
mobile
<bcl>(num)
Battery capacity
0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 percent of remaining capacity (6 steps)
0 indicates that either the battery is exhausted or the capacity value is not available
While charging is in progress (charging adapter connected) the battery capacity is not available. Consequently,
<mpc>(num)
Average power consumption.
Value (0...5000) of average power consumption (mean value over a couple of seconds) in mA.
<mpc>is obtained from the ME's power consumption, plus the value you have specified for the application by
operating mode (IDLE, TALK, DATA, GPRS/DATA) and the power level.
If <current> was not yet specified and no battery pack NTC is detected <mpc> returns only the module's
present power consumption.
If <current>was not yet specified, but the NTC of the connected battery pack is detected, an offset value of
200mA will, by default, be added. 200mA is an estimated value which represents the power consumption of a
typical external application. Drawn from practical experience it serves as a precaution to ensure proper charging
in case you have not entered <current>. It is strongly recommended that you enter the correct power con-
sumption of your application as described below.
Note: If the battery does not incorporate an NTC, or the battery and the NTC are not compliant with the require-
<current>(num)
Enter the current consumption of your application in mA (0...5000). If used, the current provided over the 2.9V
VDD pin of the application interface (maximum 70mA) must be added, too.
Notes
•
If Multiplex mode is active, any virtual channel can be used to enter the write command and to specify <cur-
rent>. The undervoltage URC appears simultaneously on all three channels.
•
The URC "^SYSSTART CHARGE-ONLY MODE" is indicated automatically when the engine enters this mode
(except when autobauding is active). Unlike the undervoltage URC, it cannot be disabled or enabled by the
user.
17.3.1 Summary of AT commands available in Charge-only and Alarm
mode
For details about available AT commands, please see 17.1.1
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 432 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.4 AT^SBV
s
mobile
17.4
AT^SBV Battery/Supply Voltage
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SBV=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Exec Command
AT^SBV
Response(s)
^SBV: <value>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Command Description
The exec command allows to monitor the supply (or battery) voltage of the module measured on pin BATT+. The
reference point for measuring the voltage are the test points BATT+ and GND on the bottom of the module. Refer
to [1] for information on the module's test points.
The displayed value is constant over the measurement period. The duration of the measurement period depends
on the operating mode on the radio interface: it ranges from 0.5s in TALK / DATA mode up to 50s when MC55
is in IDLE mode or Limited Service (deregistered).
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
supply (or battery) voltage in mV
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 433 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.5 AT^SCTM
s
mobile
17.5
AT^SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode
or query temperature
Use this command to monitor the temperature range of the module and the battery. The write command enables
or disables the presentation of URCs to report critical temperature limits.
CAUTION: During the first 15 seconds after start-up, the module operates in an automatic report mode: URCs
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCTM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCTM?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SCTM=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
URCs will be automatically sent to the TA when the temperature reaches or exceeds the critical level, or when
it is back to normal.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 434 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.5 AT^SCTM
s
mobile
^SCTM_A: <m>
for battery temperature
URC 2
^SCTM_B: <m>
for module (board) temperature
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode and information about the current temperature range of
the module. Please note that the Read command does not indicate the temperature range of the battery. The
battery temperature can only be reported by an Unsolicited Result Code.
Select <n>to enable or disable the presentation of the URCs. Please note that the setting will not be stored upon
Power Down, i.e. after restart or reset, the default <n>=0 will be restored. To benefit from the URCs <n>=1 needs
to be selected every time you reboot the GSM engine.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
1
Presentation of URCs is enabled.
<m>(num)
-2
-1
0
Below lowest temperature limit (causes immediate switch-off)
Below low temperature alert limit
Normal operating temperature
1
Above upper temperature alert limit
2
Above uppermost temperature limit (causes immediate switch-off)
Notes
•
•
Please refer to the "Hardware Interface Description" for specifications on critical temperature ranges.
To avoid damage the module will shut down once the critical temperature is exceeded. The procedure is
•
URCs indicating the alert level "1" or "-1" are intended to enable the user to take appropriate precautions,
such as protect the module or battery from exposure to extreme conditions, or save or back up data etc. The
presentation of "1" or "-1" URCs depends on the settings selected with the write command:
If <n>=0: Presentation is enabled for 15 s time after the module was switched on. After 15 s operation, the
presentation will be disabled, i.e. no URCs will be generated.
•
•
Level "2" or "-2" URCs are followed by immediate shutdown. The presentation of these URCs is always
If the temperature limit is exceeded while an emergency call is in progress the engine continues to measure
the temperature and to deliver alert messages, but deactivates the shutdown functionality. Once the call is
terminated full temperature control will be resumed. If the temperature is still out of range ME switches off
immediately.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 435 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.5 AT^SCTM
s
mobile
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
URCs issued when the operating temperature is out of range:
^SCTM_A: 1
^SCTM_A: 2
^SCTM_B: 1
^SCTM_B: 2
^SCTM_A: -1
^SCTM_A: -2
^SCTM_B: -1
^SCTM_B: -2
Caution: Battery close to overtemperature limit.
Alert: Battery above overtemperature limit. Engine switches off.
Caution: Engine close to overtemperature limit.
Alert: Engine is above overtemperature limit and switches off.
Caution: Battery close to undertemperature limit.
Alert: Battery below undertemperature limit. Engine switches off.
Caution: Engine close to undertemperature limit.
Alert: Engine is below undertemperature limit and switches off.
EXAMPLE 2
URCs issued when the temperature is back to normal (URC is output once):
^SCTM_A: 0
^SCTM_B: 0
Battery temperature back to normal temperature.
Engine back to normal temperature
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 436 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.6 AT^SSYNC
s
mobile
17.6
AT^SSYNC Configure SYNC Pin
The AT^SSYNCcommand serves to configure the SYNC pin of the application interface. Please note that the
SYNC pin may be assigned different functions: Depending on the design of the host application, the pin can
either be used to indicate the current consumption in a transmit burst or to drive a status LED connected to the
pin as specified in [2]. For detailed information on the SYNC pin and its LED functionality refer to [2]. Before
changing the mode of the SYNC pin, carefully read the technical specifications.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSYNC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSYNC?
Response(s)
^SSYNC:<mode>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSYNC=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
SIEMENS
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
[0]
SYNC mode:
Enables the SYNC pin to indicate growing power consumption during a trans-
mit burst. You can make use of the signal generated by the SYNC pin, if power
consumption is your concern. To do so, ensure that your application is capable
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 437 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
17.6 AT^SSYNC
s
mobile
of processing the signal. Your platform design must be such that the incoming
signal causes other components to draw less current. In short, this allows your
application to accommodate current drain and thus, supply sufficient current to
the GSM engine if required.
1
LED mode:
Enables the SYNC pin to drive a status LED installed in your application
Note
•
17.6.1 ME status indicated by status LED patterns
The following table lists the possible patterns of status LED behavior, and describes the ME status indicated by
Table 17.2: Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions
LED behavior
Off
ME is off, or ME is running in Alarm mode or Charge-only mode or SLEEP mode
600 ms on / 600ms off
75 ms on / 3 s off
entered; or the ME is in SLEEP mode or full functionality mode while network
search, user authentication or network login are in progress.
ME is registered to the GSM network (monitoring control channels and user inter-
actions). No call is in progress.
after characters have been detected on the serial interface in CYCLIC SLEEP
mode. The AT interface is fully accessible.
75 ms on / 75 ms off /
75 ms on / 3 s off
One or more GPRS contexts activated.
Flashing
LED is on when data packets were exchanged in GPRS online mode during the
last second.
On
Depending on type of call:
Voice call: Connected to remote party.
Data call: Connected to remote party or exchange of parameters while setting up
or disconnecting a call.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 438 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
18. Miscellaneous Commands
s
mobile
18.
Miscellaneous Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various areas.
18.1
A/ Repeat previous command line
Syntax
Exec Command
A/
Response(s)
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
Repeat previous command line.
Notes
•
•
Line does not need to end with terminating character.
After beginning with the character "a" or "A" a second character "t", "T" or "/" has to follow. In case of using a
wrong second character, it is necessary to start again with character "a" or "A".
•
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 439 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
18.2 ATS3
s
mobile
18.2
ATS3 Write command line termination character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS3?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS3=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA to terminate an incoming command line.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line termination character
000...13(&F)...127
Note
•
Using other value than 13 may cause problems when entering commands.
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 440 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
18.3 ATS4
s
mobile
18.3
ATS4 Set response formatting character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS4?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS4=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character generated by the TA for result code and information text.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
response formatting character
000...10(&F)...127
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 441 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
18.4 ATS5
s
mobile
18.4
ATS5 Write command line editing character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS5?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS5=<n>
Response(s)
OK
PIN
ASC0 ASC1
MUX1
MUX2
MUX3
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Reference(s)
V.25ter
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA as a request to delete the immediately pre-
ceding character from the command line.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line editing character
000...8(&F)...127
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 442 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19. Appendix
s
mobile
19.
Appendix
19.1
Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication
The following commands can be used only after data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first time.
Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take up to 30 seconds depend-
ing on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to use any of the following commands
will result in "+CME Error: 14" (SIM busy).
ꢂ ... AT Command not available
ꢁ ... AT command accessible immediately after PIN entry has returned OK
ꢀ ... AT command fully accessible after SIM PIN authentication has been completed
AT Command
Exec
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
Test
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
Read
ꢂ
Write
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 443 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.2 List of *# Codes
s
mobile
19.2
List of *# Codes
The following GSM command strings can be sent with the ATDcommand and must be terminated with semicolon
";". Reference: GSM 2.30.
Table 19.1: List of *# Codes
*# code
Functionality
Possible response(s)
Phone Security
*#06#
Query IMEI:
<IMEI> OK
**04[2]*oldPin*newPin[2]*new-
Pin[2]#
Change SIM pwd:
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
**05[2]*unblKey*newPin[2]*new-
Pin[2]#
Change/Unblocking SIM pwd:
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
*#0003*MasterPhoneCode#
Unlock ''PS'' lock with Master
Phone Code
*[*]03*[ZZ]*oldPw*newPw*newPw# Registration of net password
Phone number presentation
*#30#
*#31#
Check status of CLIP (Calling Line +CLIP : <n>,<m> OK (see:
Check status of CLIR (Calling Line +CLIR : <n>,<m> OK (see:
Identification Restriction)
*31#<Phonenumber>[;]
#31#<Phonenumber>[;]
*#76#
Suppress CLIR
Activate CLIR
Check status of COLP (Connected +COLP : 0,<m> OK (where <m> =
Line Identification Presentation) active or not active)
*#77#
Check status of COLR (Connected +COLR : 0,<m> OK (where <m> =
Line Identification Restriction)
active or not active)
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)21*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CFU
^SCCFC : <reason>, <status>,
<class> [,...] like +CCFC *)(see:
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)67*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF busy
see above
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reply see above
*,#,*#,**,##)61*DN*BS*T#
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)62*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reach see above
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all
see above
*,#,*#,**,##)002*DN*BS*T#
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all cond. see above
*,#,*#,**,##)004*DN*BS*T#
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 444 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.2 List of *# Codes
s
mobile
*# code
Functionality
Possible response(s)
(choice of *,#,*#)43*BS#
Activation/deactivation/int WAIT
+CCWA : <status>, <class> [,...]
(choice of *,#,*#)33*Pw*BS#
Act/deact/int BAOC
^SCLCK : <fac>, <status>, <class>
[, ...] like +CLCK *)(Refer to Chapter
(choice of *,#,*#)331*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)332*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)35*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)351*Pw*BS#
#330*Pw*BS#
Act/deact/int BAOIC
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
Act/deact/int BAOIC exc.home
Act/deact/int. BAIC
Act/deact/int BAIC roaming
Deact. All Barring Services
Deact. All Outg.Barring Services
Deact. All Inc.Barring Services
#333*Pw*BS#
#353*Pw*BS#
Call Hold / Multiparty
C[C] in call
Call hold and multiparty
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
USSD messages
[C]...[C]#
Send USSD message
Send USSD message
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
+CME ERROR: <err> / OK
C[C] (excluded 1[C])
*) ^SCCFC, +CCWA, ^SCLCK: The output depends on the affected basic service of the *# code. One line will be output for
every tele- or bearer service coded in basic service code BS.
^SCCFC and ^SCLCK are modified by giving an additional <reason> or <fac> in front of the regular output string gener-
ated by the standard commands +CCFC and +CLCK.
Abbreviation
ZZ
Meaning
Value
Type of supplementary services:
Barring services
330
All services
Not specified
DN
Dialing number
String of digits 0-9
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 445 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.2 List of *# Codes
s
mobile
Abbreviation
BS
Meaning
Value
Basic service equivalent to parameter
class:
Voice
FAX
SMS
SMS+FAX
11
13
16
12
19
10
25
24
27
26
21
22
20
--
Voice+FAX
Voice+FAX+SMS
Data circuit asynchron
Data circuit synchron
PAD
Packet
Data circuit asynchron+PAD
Data circuit synchron+Packet
Data circuit asynchron+synchron+PAD
All Services
T
Time in seconds
parameter T has no default value. If T is not
specified, an operator defined default or
the last known value may be used, depend-
ing on the network operator.
PW
C
Password
--
Character of TE character set (e.g. aster- --
ics, hash or digit in case of USSD, or digits
in case of held calls or multiparty calls)
Possible responses
Parameter
<m>
Meaning
Mode: 0 = not active, 1 = active
<n>
Unsolicited result code: 0 = presentation disabled, 1 = presentation enabled
Status: 0 = not active, 1 = active
<status>
<class>
<fac>
<reason>
Call forwarding reason
For the exact specification of the format and parameters for *# strings, please refer to GSM 02.30, Annex C, and
GSM 02.04, Table 3.2.
Function of *# codes for Supplementary Services:
*
act
reg
int
Activate (except for CLIR, see list above)
Register and activate
**
*#
Check status (interrogate)
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 446 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.2 List of *# Codes
s
mobile
*# Code Abbreviations used in Chapter List of *# Codes Function
#
deact
Deactivate (except for CLIR, see list
above)
##
eras
Unregister and deactivate
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 447 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
19.3
Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
ꢂ ... command not available
ꢁ ... command does not require PIN1
ꢀ ... command requires PIN1
C ... command sometimes requires PIN1
Table 19.3: Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
Configuration Commands
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Status Control Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
Serial Interface Control Commands
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 448 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Security Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Identification Commands
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
Call related Commands
ꢀ
C
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 449 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
Network Service Commands
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Supplementary Service Commands
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 450 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
GPRS Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
FAX Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 451 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 452 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
SIM related Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Phonebook Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢂ
Audio Commands
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 453 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
mobile
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
Hardware related Commands
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Miscellaneous Commands
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 454 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.4 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
mobile
19.4
AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
Table 19.4: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC0 / MUX Channel 1
AT Command
Stored parameters
Configuration Commands
Status Control Commands
Serial Interface Control Commands
Call related Commands
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 455 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.4 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
mobile
AT Command
Stored parameters
GPRS Commands
FAX Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
SIM related Commands
Miscellaneous Commands
Table 19.5: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 / MUX Channels 2 and 3
AT Command
Stored parameters
Configuration Commands
Serial Interface Control Commands
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 456 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.4 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
mobile
AT Command
Stored parameters
Call related Commands
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
GPRS Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
SIM related Commands
Miscellaneous Commands
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 457 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.5 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
s
mobile
19.5
Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
Table 19.6: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command
Factory Defaults
Configuration Commands
<n>=0
<value>=1
<value>=4
<fun>=1
<n>=0
<chset>="GSM"
Status Control Commands
<bfr>=0
<n>=0
Serial Interface Control Commands
<n>=0
<value>=1
<value>=2
<value>=0
<value>=1
<value>=0
Call related Commands
<mem>="SM"
<n>=000
<n>=000
<n>=060
<n>=002
<n>=0
<mode>=0
<mode>=0
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 458 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.5 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
s
mobile
AT Command
Factory Defaults
Network Service Commands
<format>=0
<n>=0
<view>=0
Supplementary Service Commands
<n>=0
<n>=0
<n>=0
GPRS Commands
<n>=000
<n>=0
FAX Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
<mode>=0
<show>=0
<n>=0
<ra>=0
<da>=0
<seq>=0
SIM related Commands
<mode>=0
Phonebook Commands
<storage>="SM"
Audio Commands
Hardware related Commands
<n>=0
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 459 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.6 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
s
mobile
19.6
Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
Table 19.7: Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
AT Command
URC
Configuration Commands
Status Control Commands
Call related Commands
^SLCC: ^SLCC: if one or more calls are currently in the
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
GPRS Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 461 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
19.7
Alphabetical List of AT Commands
Table 19.8: Alphabetical List of AT Commands
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
Switch from data mode to command mode
SAT Notification
Repeat previous command line
Set circuit Data Carrier Detect (DCD) function mode
Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode
Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
Display current configuration
Stores current configuration to user defined profile
Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
Set alarm time
Advice of Charge information
Select bearer service type
Call forwarding number and conditions control
Real Time Clock
Closed User Group
Call Waiting
Extended error report
Set phone functionality
PDP context activate or deactivate
Manual response to a network request for PDP context
activation
GPRS attach or detach
activation
Enter data state
Define PDP Context
Request manufacturer identification
Request model identification
Request revision identification of software status
Show PDP address
Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
GPRS network registration status
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 463 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
Select service for MO SMS messages
cal to GSN
Call Hold and Multiparty
Hang up call
Request international mobile subscriber identity
Indicator control
List current calls of ME
Facility lock
Calling line identification presentation
Calling line identification restriction
Loudspeaker volume level
Report mobile equipment error
Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Send an SMS command
Delete SMS message
Select SMS message format
List SMS messages from preferred store
Read SMS messages
Send SMS message
Write SMS messages to memory
Send SMS messages from storage
Mute control
Enter multiplex mode
2+
New SMS message indications
Read operator names
Operator selection
Mobile equipment activity status
Read from Phonebook
Select phonebook memory storage
Write into Phonebook
Enter PIN
Enter PIN2
Preferred SMS message storage
Price per unit and currency table
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 464 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
Change Password
Service reporting control
Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication
Network registration
data call
Restricted SIM Access
SMS service centre address
Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication
Select TE character set
Show SMS text mode parameters
Set SMS text mode parameters
Select Message Service
Single Numbering Scheme
Signal quality
Supplementary service notifications
Supplementary service notifications
Display card ID
Bad Line Threshold
Error Threshold Multiplier
Query data bit order
Query or set the Local Polling ID
Fax: Select, read or test service class
Copy Quality Checking
Capability to receive
Query or set capabilities
Data Compression Format Conversion
Query or set session parameters
Begin or continue phase C data reception
Data Transmission
End a page or document
Kill operation, orderly FAX abort
Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities
Identify Product Model
Request Manufacturer Identification
Set bit order independently
DTE Phase C Response Timeout
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 465 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
Identify Product Revision
Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
Receive Data
Receive Silence
Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
Transmit Data
Stop Transmission and Wait
Vertical resolution format conversion
Request complete TA capabilities list
Request manufacturer identification
Request TA model identification
Request TA revision identification of software status
Request TA serial number identification (IMEI)
Set TE-TA local rate reporting
Set fixed local rate
Tone duration
DTMF and tone generation
Select wireless network
Flowcontrol
Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
Monitor neighbour cells
Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax
Audio Interface Configuration
Alternate Line Service
Battery charging / discharging and charge control
Battery/Supply Voltage
Extended Configuration Setting
Display SIM card identification number
Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
List Call Number Information
Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or
query temperature
Delete the 'last number redial' memory
Set type of authentication for PPP connection
Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
Display Homezone
Extended Indicator Control
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 466 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
ME
Display Last Call Duration
Facility lock
List SMS Memory Storage
Set M20 compatibility mode
List SMS messages from preferred store without setting
status to REC READ
Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query
SMS overflow
Cell Monitoring
GPRS Monitor
Switch off mobile station
Set or query of microphone attenuation
Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values
Set microphone path parameters
Set microphone audio path and power supply
Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter
Set progress tones
Select audio hardware set
Switch audio path to TTY/CTM mode
Set loudspeaker volume
Write audio setting in non-volatile store
Search the first entry in the sorted telephone book
Purge phonebook memory storage
Read current Phonebook entries
Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically
Display PIN counter
Read the PLMN list
Read entry from the preferred operators list
Write an entry to the preferred operators list
Change Password
Ring tone configuration
SMS Configuration
Set SMS Display Availability
Set Short Message Storage Sequence
SAT Interface Activation
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 467 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
SAT Get Information
SAT Response
Configure SYNC Pin
Display Total Call Duration
Answer a call
Manual response to a network request for PDP context
activation
Mobile originated call to dial a number
Request GPRS IP service
Request GPRS service
Originate call to phone number in memory
ory
Originate call to phone number in memory with corre-
sponding field
Mobile originated call to dialable ISDN number <n>
Redial last telephone number used
Enable command echo
Disconnect existing connection
Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context
activation
Display product identification information
Set monitor speaker loudness
Set monitor speaker mode
Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online
mode
Select pulse dialing
Set result code presentation mode
Set number of rings before automatically answering the
call
activation
carrier
Extended call release report
Write command line termination character
Set response formatting character
Write command line editing character
Set pause before blind dialing
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 468 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
MC55 AT Command Set
19.7 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
mobile
AT Command
Description
Chapter and Page
Select tone dialing
Set result code format mode
Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring
Set all current parameters to user defined profile
MC55_ATC_V01.05
Page 469 of 469
2/10/04
Confidential / Released
|